HomeMy WebLinkAbout05/23/1995.pol
citV
co " CI
AGENDA
Tuesday, May 23, 1995
6:30 P.M.
Adjourned Regular Meeting
South Coast Air Quality Management District
Auditorium
21865 East Copley Drive
Diamond Bar, California
Mayor
Mayor Pro Tem
Council Member
Council Member
Council Member
City Manager
City Attorney
City Clerk
Phyllis E. Papen
Gary H. Werner
Eileen R. Ansari
Clair W. Harmony
Gary G. Miller
Terrence L. Belanger
Michael Jenkins
Lynda Burgess
Copies of staff reports, or other written documentation relating to agenda items, are on file in the Office of the
City Clerk, and are available for public inspection. If you have questions regarding an agenda item,
please contact the City Clerk at (909) 860-2489 during regular business hours.
In an effort to comply with the requirements of Title I1 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990,
the City of Diamond Bar requires that any person in need of any type of special equipment, assistance or
accommodation(s) in order to communicate at a City public meeting, must inform the City Clerk
a minimum of 72 hours prior to the scheduled meeting.
A
111.1!1!1111 I�.11:
Please refrain from smoking, eating or drinking `W. -
in the Council Chambers.
The City of Diamond Bar uses recycled led paper
and encourages you to do the same.
DIAMOND BAR CITt' C0L-NCIL NIEETLNG RULES
PUBLIC INPUT
The meetings of the Diamond Bar City Council are open to the public. A member of the public may address the
Council on the subject of one or more agenda items and/or other items of which are within the subject matter
jurisdiction of the Diamond Bar City Council. A request to address the Council should be submitted is writing to
the City Clerk.
As a general rule the opportunity for public comments will take place at the discretion of the Chair. However, in
order to facilitate the meeting, persons who are interested parties for an item may be requested to give their
presentation at the time the item is called on the calendar. The Chair may limit the public input on any item or the
total amount of time allocated for public testimony based on the number of people requesting to speak and the
business of the Council.
Individuals are requested to refrain from personal attacks toward Council Members or other persons. Comments
which are not conducive to a positive business meeting environment are viewed as attacks against the entire City
Council and will not be tolerated. If not complied with, you will forfeit your remaining time as ordered by the
Chair. Your cooperation is greatly appreciated.
In accordance with Government Code Section 54954.3(a) the Chair may from time to time dispense with public
comment on items previously considered by the Council. (Does not apply to Committee meetings.)
In accordance with State Law (Brown Act), all matters to be acted on by the City Council must be posted at least
72 hours prior to the Council meeting. In case of emergency or when a subject matter arises subsequent to the
posting of the agenda, upon making certain findings, the Council may act on an item that is not on the posted
agenda.
CONDUCT IN THE CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS
The Chair shall order removed from the Council Chambers any person who commits the following sets in respect
to a regular or special meeting of the Diamond Bar City Council.
A. Disorderly behavior toward the Council or any member of the thereof, tending to interrupt the due and
orderly course of said meeting.
B. A breach of the peace, boisterous conduct or violent disturbance, tending to interrupt the due and orderly
course of said meeting.
C. Disobedience of any lawful order ofthe Chair, which shall include an order to be seated or to refrain from
addressing the Board; and
D. Any other unlawful interference with the due and orderly conduct of said meeting.
INFORMATION RELATING TO AGENDAS AND ACTIONS OF THE COUNCIL
Agendas for the regular Diamond Bar City Council meetings are prepared by the City Clerk and are available 72
hours prior to the meeting. Agendas are available electronically and may be accessed by a personal computer
through a phone modem.
Every meeting of the City Council is recorded on cassette tapes and duplicate tapes are available for a nominal
charge.
ADA REQUIREMENTS
A cordless microphone is available for those persons with mobility impairments who cannot access the public
speaking area. Sign language interpreter services are also available by giving notice at least three business days
in advance of the meeting. Please telephone (909) 860-2489 between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. Monday through Friday.
HELPFUL PHONE NUMBERS
Copies of Agenda, Rules of the Council, Cassette Tapes of Meetings (909) 860-2489
Computer Access to Agendas (909) 860 -LINE
General Information (909) 860-2489
NOTE: ACTION MAY BE TAKEN ON ANY ITEM IDEN'rly" ON THE AGENDA.
THIS MEETING IS BEING BROADCAST LIVE BY JONES INTERCABLE
FOR AIRING ON CHANNEL 12, AND BY REMAINING IN THE ROOM,
YOU ARE GIVING YOUR PERMISSION TO BE TELEVISED.
Next Resolution No. 95-23
Next Ordinance No. 05(1995)
1. CALL TO ORDER: 6:30 p.m. May 23, 1995
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: Mayor Papen
ROLL CALL: Council Members Ansari, Harmony,
Miller, Mayor Pro Tem Werner and
Mayor Papen
2. OLD BIISINESS:
2.1 MODIFICATION OF THE DEDICATED RIGHT TO PROHIBIT THE
CONSTRUCTION OF RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS WITHIN A PORTION OF
LOT 1, TRACT NO. 31479 - This matter requests the
Council's approval of a request to modify the right that
the City now has to prohibit the construction of
residential buildings on Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 to a less
restrictive right to prohibit the construction of not
more than one residential building within a portion of
Lot 1, Tract No. 31479. Continued from May 17, 1995.
Recommended Action: It is recommended that the City
Council consider the matter as presented and act
accordingly.
Requested by: City Engineer
3. NEW BIISINESS:
3.1 AWARD OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES TO RJM DESIGN GROUP
FOR THE MAPLE HILL PARK RETROFIT PROJECT - On April 18,
1995 the City Council awarded the construction contract
for the Maple Hill Park ADA Retrofit. The City believes
the RJM Design Group can offer the best quality of
service for this specific project. RJM is currently
under contract with the City for on-call landscape
architect services and completed the construction
drawings for the Maple Hill Park project. Continued from
May 17, 1995.
Recommended Action: It is recommended that the City
Council remove the matter from agenda; taking no action
at this time.
Requested by: Community Services Director
3.2 CITY ENTRANCE SIGNS - With the completion of the new
center medians on Golden Springs Dr. at the west city
limits, the City has two locations that are appropriate
for the placement of City entry signs. The City Council
MAY 23, 1995 PAGE 2
requested staff to present entry sign options for their
consideration. Continued from May 17, 1995.
Recommended Action: It is recommended that the City
Council review and comment on the conceptual City entry
signs and direct staff appropriately.
Requested by: Community Services Director
2. OLD BUSINESS:
2.1 RESOLUTION NO. 95 -XX: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL
OF THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR ADOPTING THE 1995 GENERAL PLAN
FOR THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR - On May 9, 1995, the City
Council held a Public Hearing on the draft 1995 General
Plan. The Public Hearing was opened, testimony
received, and corrections and changes were made by the
Council. Resolution No. 95-21 incorporating Resolution
No. 92-43 by reference and certifying the adequacy of the
addendum to the General Plan Environmental Impact Report
was adopted. Continued from May 9, 1995.
Council further discussed the possibility of placing -the
General Plan on the ballot. The meeting was continued to
May 23, 1995 in order to provide options to the City
Council regarding adoption of the 1995 General Plan.
Requested by: City Council
3. PUBLIC COMMENTS: "Public Comments" is the time
reserved on each regular meeting agenda to provide an
opportunity for members of the public to directly address the
Council on Consent Calendar items or matters of interest to
the public that are not already scheduled for consideration on
this agenda. Although the City Council values your comments,
pursuant to the Brown Act, the Council generally cannot take
any action on items not listed on the posted agenda. Please
complete a Speaker's Card and give it to the City Clerk
(completion of this form is voluntary). There is a five
minute maximum time limit when addressing the City Council.
4. COUNCIL COMMENTS: Items raised by individual Council -
members are for Council discussion. Direction may be given at
this meeting or the item may be scheduled for action at a
future meeting.
5. ANNOUNCEMENTS.*
6. ADJOURNMENT:
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
NOTICE OF PUBLIC MEETING
AND AFFIDAVIT OF POSTING
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS.
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR )
The Diamond Bar City Council will hold an Adjourned Regular
Meeting at the South Coast Air Quality Management District
Auditorium, located at 21865 E. Copley Dr., Diamond Bar,
California at 6:30 p.m., on Tuesday, May 23, 1995.
Items for consideration are listed on the attached agenda.
I, LYNDA BURGESS, declare as follows:
I am the City Clerk in the City of Diamond Bar; that a copy
of the Adjourned Regular Meeting of the Diamond Bar City Council,
to be held on May 23, 1995 was posted at their proper locations.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the
State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and
that this Notice and Affidavit was executed this 19th day of May,
1995, at Diamond Bar, California.
/s/ Lynda Burgess
Lynda Burgess, City Clerk
City of Diamond Bar
VOLUNTARY REQUEST TO ADDRESS THE CITY COUNCIL
TO: CITY CLERK
FROM: ` 7Z DATE:
ADDRESS: PHONE:
ORGANIZATION:
AGENDA #/SUBJECT:
I expect to address the Council on the subject agenda item. Please have the Council Minutes reflect my
name and address as written above,
Signature
VOLUNTARY REQUEST TO ADDRESS THE CITY COUNCIL
TO: CITY" CLERK
FROM: ,U -a R DATE: - Z) ` 3
ADDRESS: PHONE: f f 4-1 f 4
ORGANIZATION: n
AGENDA #/SUBJECT:
I expect to address the Council on the subject agenda item. Please have the Council Minutes reflect my
name and address as written above.
Y
Signature
VOLUNTARY REQUEST TO ADDRESS THE CITY COUNCIL
TO: CITY CLERK
FROM:
ADDRESS: "-i r G C- 5
ORGANIZATION:
AGENDA #/SUBJECT: AA
DATE:
PHONE:
I expect to address the Council on the subject agenda item. Please have the Council Minutes reflect my
name and address as written above.
ignature
rrTY rr DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: May 23, 1995
FROM: George A. Wentz, City Engineer
AGENDA NO. '21
REPORT DATE: May 18, 1995
TITLE: Modification of the Dedicated Right to Prohibit the Construction of Residential Buildings within a
portion of Lot 1, Tract 31479.
SUMMARY: This matter requests the Council's approval of a request to modify the right that the City now
has to prohibit the construction of residential buildings on Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 to a less restrictive right to
prohibit the construction of not more than one residential building within a portion of Lot 1, Tract No. 31479
(Continued from May 17, 1995).
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council consider the matter as presented and act
accordingly.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: X Staff Report
_ Resolution
_ Ordinances(s)
_ Agreement(s)
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION:
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
_ Public Hearing Notification
_ Bid Specifications (on file in City Clerk's Office)
_ Other
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed
by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote?
3. Has environmental impact been assessed?
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission?
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report?
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
Jrr''L�VC -�,,ce L. BeInnger Frank M. Usher
City Manager Assistant City Manager
C;\WP60\LINDAKAY\AGEN95\LL31479.523
X Yes _ No
Majority
N/A _ Yes _ No
N/A Yes No
X Yes _ No
Community Development
4eorge A. Wertz
City Engineer
MEMORANDUM TO THE CITY COUNCIL
MEETING DATE: May 23, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
n
FROM: James DeStefano, Community Development Dir
SUBJECT: Modification of the dedicated right to prohibit
the construction of residential buildings within a
portion of Lot 1, Tract No. 31479
DATE: May 18, 1995
On May 17, 1995, the City Council reviewed an application from D&L
Properties regarding a request to modify the right that the City
now has to prohibit the construction of residential buildings on
Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 to a less restrictive right to prohibit the
construction of not more than one residential building within a
portion of Lot 1. The site contains approximately 68 acres located
generally south of Summitridge Drive and Rimford Place and north
of Lodgepole Road. The Council received a presentation from City
staff, received public commentary, discussed the request and
continued the matter to May 23, 1995.
On May 23, 1995, the applicant will address the City Council
responding to the questions and comments raised. Upon conclusion
of the applicant's presentation, the Council may take action to
establish a specific date and time for a public hearing.
Attachment:
City Council report dated May 16, 1995
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT
AGENDA NO. .�
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: May 16, 1995 REPORT DATE: May 11, 1995
FROM: George A. Wentz, City Engineer
TITLE:
Modification of the Dedicated Right to Prohibit the Construction of
Residential Buildings within a portion of Lot 1, Tract No. 31479.
SUMMARY:
This matter requests the Council's approval of a request to modify the right
that the City now has to prohibit the construction of residential buildings
on Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 to a less restrictive right to prohibit the
construction of not more than one residential building within a portion of
Lot 1, Tract No. 31479.
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council consider the matter as presented and
act accordingly.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: _X Staff Report _ Public Hearing Notification
Resolution(s) Bid Specifications
Ordinances(s) (on file in City Clerk's Office)
Agreement(s) _ Other:
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION:
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been N/A _ Yes No
reviewed by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote? MAJORITY
3. Has environmental impact been assessed? N/A Yes _ No
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission? N/A Yes No
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report? X Yes _ No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
- Community Development
REVIEWED BY:
fct--Terrence. Belanger Frank M. Usher G rge'A. Wentz
City Manager Assistant City Manager City Engineer
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: May 16, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: George A. Wentz, City Engineer
SUBJECT: Modification of the Dedicated Right to Prohibit the
Construction of Residential Buildings within Lot 1, Tract
No. 31479
ISSUE STATEMENT
Approval of a request to modify the right that the City now has to prohibit
the construction of residential buildings on Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 to a
less restrictive right to prohibit the construction of not more than one
residential building within a portion of Lot 1, Tract No. 31479.
RECOMMENDATION
Consider the matter as presented and act accordingly.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY
No impact on the City's budget.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION
The owner has previously made application (Lot Line Adjustment No.
LL -95-002 ) to adjust the lot line between Lot 1, Tract No. 31479 and Lot
61, Tract No. 42557; between Lot 1 and Lot 28, Tract No. 42561; and
between Lot 1 and Lot 7, Tract No. 30093. The requested lot line
adjustment (LLA) would reduce the total number of separate lots from
four to three. The applicant expressed his reasons for this request in
correspondence dated March 27, 1995 (copy attached).
City Council Report Meeting May 16, 1995
Request to Modify Building Restriction Right Page 2
This request, to adjust the lot line between two or more adjacent parcels
where the land taken from one parcel is added to an adjacent parcel and
where a greater number of parcels than originally existed are not created,
is exempt from the Subdivision Map Act as described in Government Code
§66412.(d). This LLA application was reviewed in accordance with
§22.56.1756, "Lot Line Adjustments" of the City of Diamond Bar Planning
and Zoning Code Los Angeles County Code Title 22). In that review the
City is limited to a review of those aspects related to planning and zoning
and building codes. This proposed adjustment is shown on Exhibit "A".
Staff is prepared to give favorable consideration to this request for a lot
line adjustment. All easements and restrictions which existed prior to
any lot line adjustment will continue unaffected by the adjustment of the
property lines.
Lot 1 was also previously considered in an application, along with Lot 61,
for a Tentative Parcel Map (TPM 24031). This application was submitted
primarily to accomplish the merger of Lot 1 and Lot 61 and eliminate the
building restriction that exists on both lots. This map was recommended
for denial by the Planning Commission and subsequently denied by the
Council.
The adjusted parcel shown as Parcel "C" on Exhibit "A" is of particular
interest regarding this current request before the Council. This Parcel
consists of all of Lot 7, Tract No. 30093 ( 1.1 acres) and a portion of Lot 1
(60.4 of the 66.6 acres) as described in the Lot Line Adjustment. The
owner has requested that the present building restriction which exists
over this portion of Lot 1 be modified. As such restriction was accepted
by the governing local agency (LA County, 1981) at the time of recording
the map it can only be rescinded or modified by the present governing
local agency (City Council).
Lot 1 is zoned RPD -20000-2U and is presently vacant. Lot 7 is zoned
R-1-40000 and is presently built upon with one single family residence
that is uninhabitable. The Land Use Element of Draft General Plan
classifies Lot 7 and a portion of Lot 1 as RR (Rural Residential, max. 1
du/acre) and the remaining portion of Lot 1 as OS ( Open Space). The
portion include in this request is only that portion classified RR. In
addition to the other building restrictions (i.e. due to flood hazard) and
various easements which encumber various portions of Lot 1, all of Lot 1
is subject to the right of the City to "prohibit the construction of
City Council Report Meeting May 16, 1995
Request to Modify Building Restriction Right Page 3
residential buildings" as such right was dedicated on the map of Tract No.
31479. The owner desires a lesser restriction than presently exists; a
restriction that would allow him to build no more than 1 single family
residence anywhere within the total of the ownership shown as Parcel
"C". Access to this parcel would be from Lodgepole Road via private
streets through "The Country".
The Land Use Element of Draft General Plan (Strategy 1.5.4) recommends
that matters such as this be "subject to a process established by the City
Council prior to removal of such restrictions" and further that "(v)acant
land burdened by non open space restrictions shall be required to be
subject to at least one public hearing before the City Council before any
action...".
CONCLUSION
This matter is submitted to the City Council for its discussion and action
accordingly. The Council has a range of options including no action
(present restrictions remain in place), action only to set a Public Hearing,
action to modify the present restriction (say to prohibiting no more than
one residential structure), and action to remove all restrictions. Action
to set a public hearing would be returned to Council for future action on
the request. Action to modify or remove restrictions should include
direction to Staff to prepare a resolution and other related documents to
be returned to Council for final approval.
PREPARED BY;
Z�
Michael D. Myers, E.
for George A. Wentz, P.E.
City Engineer
•• R
J.C.D.
J. C. DABNEY & ASSOCIATES
LAND DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS & ENGINEERS
671 S. BREA CANYON ROAD SUITE 5
WALNUT, CALIFORNIA 92789
909 594-7568
FAX - 909-594-5090
March 27, 1995
Mr. George Wentz
Director of Public Works
City of Diamond Bar
21660 E. Copley Drive, Suite 100
Diamond Bar, CA 91765-4177
Reference: Lot Line Adjustment No. 95-002
D & L Properties Inc./Abeyta
Lot 1, Tr. 31479; Lot 61, Tr. 42557; Lot 28, Tr. 42561;
Lot 7, Tr. 30093
Dear Mr. Wentz,
The requested Lot Line Adjustment has been submitted to resolve three distinct issues
by assigning varies portions of Lot 1, Tr. No. 31479 to adjacent lots. The issues are
outlined as follows:
1. To assign all open -space encumbered properties held by D & L Properties Inc.,
after the Lot Line Adjustment, to Lot 61, Tr. No. 42557 (Proposed Parcel "A"). The
entire area of Proposed Parcel "A" would be within Lighting & Landscape District No.
39, would have no development rights and would be deeded as such. The County
Assessor would be instructed to evaluate the parcel as such and weed abatement
would be handled through the district as is the current situation.
2. In 1993, Mr. Abeyta approached.Mr. Forrister with a request for the acquisition
of property adjacent to his Lot 28, Tr. No. 42561. Mr. Abeyta, who has a very large
family, was seeking additional property for rear yard use and gardening. I reviewed
the requested area for Mr. Forrister and advised him that the area that Mr. Abeyta
was seeking fell outside of any development plans that Mr. Forrister had for the
property at that time. Mr. Forrister advised Mr. Abeyta that he would transfer the
property as part of his approval process for the development of Lot 1 and Lot 61.
During 1994, the City denied development consideration on the property in question
and thus the Lot Line Adjustment request between D & L Properties Inc. & Mr. Abeyta.
(Parcel "B").
3. D & L Properties Inc. owns Lot 7, Tr. No. 30093 within the Country Estates and
would like to adjust the remaining area of Lot 1, Tr. No. 31479 to this parcel for his
own personal use (Parcel "C"). D & L Properties Inc. currently is a member of The
Country Estates Homeowners Association and pays fees for a single family residence.
The proposed Lot Line Adjustment would not remove or modify any existing
easements of record, result in any additional density, change any existing land use,
cause or require any additional services to the City or the Homeowners Association
and is consistent with the General Plan.
D & L Properties Inc. is currently processing a demolition permit for the residence
on Lot 7, Tr. No. 30093, which has been condemned due to a foundation failure
brought about by underlying soils failures.
Access to Proposed Parcel "A", the open -space parcel, is currently from Summitridge
Drive, access to Proposed Parcel "B" is from Longview Drive, and access to Proposed
Parcel "C" is from Lodge Pole Road. None of the Proposed Parcels require any up
grading of existing access or utility services.
Res ecn6�
tfully,
J n C. Dabney, RCE
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT AOFMA Na
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: May 23, 1995 REPORT DATE: May 18, 1995
FROM: James DeStefano, Community Development Director
TITLE: RESOLUTION NO.95-XX: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
DIAMOND BAR ADOPTING THE 1995 GENERAL PLAN FOR THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
SUMMARY: On May 9, 1995, the City Council held a public hearing on the draft 1995 General Plan. The
public hearing was opened, testimony received, and corrections and changes were made by the Council.
Resolution No. 95-21 incorporating Resolution 92-43 by reference and certifying the adequacy of the
Addendum to the General Plan Final Environmental Impact Report was adopted.
The Council, on May 9, 1995, discussed the possibility of placing the General Plan on the ballot. The meeting
was continued to May 23, 1995 in order to provide options to the City Council regarding adoption of the 1995
General Plan.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council receive a presentation from City staff, review
the General Plan materials, and adopt Resolution No. 95-xx.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS:X Staff Report
Resolution(s)
Ordinances(s)
_ Agreement(s)
Other
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION: Library
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
Public Hearing Notification
Bid Specification (on file in City Clerk's Office)
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed X Yes _ No
by the City Attorney? N/A
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote? MAJORITY
3. Has environmental impact been assessed? X Yes _ No
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission? X Yes _ No
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report? X Yes _ No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
AVT6rrence L. Bel ger Frank Usher James DeStefan
City Manager Assistant City Manager Community Development Director
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: May 23, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
SUBJECT: RESOLUTION NO.95-XX: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL
OF THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR ADOPTING THE 1995 GENERAL
PLAN FOR THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
ISSUE STATEMENT: State law requires the preparation and adoption of a comprehensive, long
term General Plan for the physical development of all property within the
City and any land outside its boundaries which bears relation to its
planning. The 1995 General Plan is presented for adoption.
BACKGROUND:
On May 9, 1995, the City Council held a public hearing on the draft 1995 General Plan. The public
hearing was opened, testimony received, and corrections and changes were made by the Council.
Resolution No. 95-21 incorporating Resolution 92-43 by reference and certifying the adequacy of the
Addendum to the General Plan Final Environmental Impact Report was adopted.
The Council, on May 9, 1995, discussed the possibility of placing the General Plan on the ballot. The
meeting was continued to May 23, 1995 in order to provide options to the City Council regarding
adoption of the 1995 General Plan. The Associate City Attorney has provided the attached memorandum
regarding options available to the City Council.
In response to City Council direction the General Plan has been modified to incorporating revisions as
discussed on May 9, 1995. The latest draft of the General Plan, dated May 9, 1995 is presented for
adoption.
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council, receive a presentation from City staff and adopt Resolution No.
95-xx.
PREPARED BY:
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
attachments: • Draft Resolution No. 95 -XX
• Draft General Plan dated May 9, 1995
• Memorandum from Michael Montgomery dated May 15, 1995
• City Council staff report dated May 9, 1995 (without attachments)
2
RESOLUTION NO. 95 -XX
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF DIAMOND
BAR ADOPTING THE 1995 GENERAL PLAN FOR THE CITY OF
DIAMOND BAR
A. Recitals.
(i) The City of Diamond Bar previously initiated
proceedings to adopt a general plan (111992 General Plan") pursuant
to Title 7, Division 1 of the California Government Code Sections
65360 and 65361.
(ii) In 1990 a General Plan Advisory Committee was
formed to provide the community with an opportunity to participate
in the creation of the City of Diamond Bar's 1992 General Plan and
to make recommendations with respect to the specific components of
the 1992 General Plan. Numerous study sessions and duly noticed
public hearings were held by the Planning Commission and the City
Council of the City of Diamond Bar from July 1991 through July
1992.
(iii) Pursuant to the California Environmental
Quality Act of 1970, as amended, and the Guidelines promulgated
thereunder ("CEQA"), a Draft and Final Environmental Impact Report
was prepared and considered to address the environmental effects
of the 1992 General Plan, the mitigation measures related to each
significant environmental effect of the 1992 General Plan, the
project alternatives and a Mitigation Monitoring Plan.
(iv) On July 30, 1991, copies of the draft 1992 General
Plan were mailed to affected agencies pursuant to Government Code
Section 65352.
(v) On July 14, 1992 the City Council adopted
Resolution No. 92-44 adopting the 1992 General Plan and adopted
Resolution 92-43 certifying the Final Environmental Impact Report
for the 1992 General Plan.
(vi) On or about August 10, 1992, a referendum petition
,seeking the repeal of Resolution No. 92-44 was submitted to the
City Clerk of the City of Diamond Bar. The city Clerk certified
the sufficiency of the signatures on the referendum petition
pursuant to a court order and presented such certification to the
City Council.
(vii) On March 16, 1993 the City Council adopted
Resolution No. 93-15 repealing Resolution No. 92-44, the
resolution which adopted the 1992 General Plan.
(viii) In March of 1993 the City Council directed the
retention of a consultant team to develop a new general plan
(111993 General Plan"). opportunities for public participation
were provided throughout the program of creating the 1993 General
Plan. Five community workshops were held with City residents to
identify key planning issues and to discuss potential general plan
policy options. the results of those workshops were summarized and
forwarded to the City Council for its consideration.
(ix) On May 19, 1993, the City Council began the public
hearing process to adopt a general plan. The City Council held
duly noticed public hearings on May 19, 1993, May 26, 1993, June
2, 1993, June 9, 1993, and June 16, 1993, whereby public testimony
was received with respect to all elements of the draft 1993
General Plan.
(x) Because substantial modifications to the draft 1993
General Plan were being considered, the City Council, pursuant to
Government Code Section 65356, referred the review of the draft
1993 General Plan to the Diamond Bar Planning Commission for its
recommendations. On June 23, 1993 the Planning Commission held a
study session to consider the draft 1993 General Plan. On June
28, 1993 the Planning Commission conducted a duly noticed public
'hearing to consider and receive public testimony on the draft 1993
General Plan. The Planning Commission considered all the evidence
presented and submitted a written recommendation to the City
Council to adopt the draft 1993 General Plan, with various
modifications.
(xi) On June 29, July 6, July 13, July 20 and July
27, 1993 the City Council conducted additional duly noticed public
hearings. In the course of these public hearings, the City
Council received and deliberated upon written and oral testimony.
(xii) On July 27, 1993 the City Council adopted
Resolution No. 93-57 and 93-58 certifying the adequacy of the
Addendum to the General Plan Environmental Impact Report and
adopting the 1993 General Plan.
(xiii) On August 24, 1993 a referendum petition seeking
the repeal of Resolution No. 93-58 was submitted to the City Clerk
of the City of Diamond Bar. The City Clerk certified the
sufficiency of the signatures on the referendum petition pursuant
to a court order and presented such certification to the City
Council.
(xiv) On December 14, 1993 the City Council adopted
Resolution No. 93-80 repealing Resolution No. 93-58, the
resolution which adopted the 1993 General Plan.
(xv) In January of 1994 a new General Plan Advisory Committee
(GPAC) was formed to develop a new General Plan (111995 General
Plan"). The GPAC held fifteen noticed public meetings between
January 11, 1994 and June 30, 1994 in order to develop the 1995
I
f
General Plan. The results of the GPAC efforts and its
recommendations were forwarded to the Planning Commission for its
review and recommendation to the City Council.
(xvi) The Planning Commission conducted thirteen public
hearings between July 11, 1994 and October 17, 1994 to review the
GPAC recommended General Plan. The Planning Commission considered
the GPAC recommendations, received public testimony and initiated
additional changes through the course of their review. On October
17, 1994 the Planning Commission forwarded its recommendations to
the City Council.
(xvii) On November 22, 1994 the City Council began the
public hearing process to adopt the 1995 General Plan. The City
Council held duly noticed public hearings on November 22, 1994,
November 29, 1994, January 9, 1995, January 16, 1995, January 24,
1995, January 31, 1995, February 6, 1995, February 13, 1995,
February 16, 1995, February 23, 1995, February 28, 1995, and March
6, 1995 whereby public testimony was received with respect to all
elements of the draft 1995 General Plan. The City Council
considered the GPAC and planning Commission recommendations,
received public testimony and initiated changes through the course
of its review.
(xviii) On April 4, 1995 the City Council, pursuant to
Government Code Section 65356, referred the 1995 General Plan to
the Planning Commission for its recommendations. On April 10, 1995
the Planning Commission conducted a noticed public meeting,
received public testimony, considered and commented upon City
Council modifications to the 1995 General Plan. The Planning
Commission submitted a written report and recommendation to the
City Council to adopt the 1995 General Plan, with modifications.
(xix) On May 9, 1995 the City Council conducted an
additional duly noticed public hearing. In the.' course of this
public hearing the City Council received and deliberated upon
written and oral testimony.
(xx) The Final Environmental Impact Report previously
prepared for the 1992 General Plan adequately addresses all of the
significant environmental impacts associated with the 1995 General
Plan. Therefore, an Addendum was prepared and considered in
accordance with CEQA. The City Council considered the information
contained in the Final Environmental Impact Report and the
Addendum thereto ("Final EIR") prior to approval of the 1995
General Plan.
(xxi) The City Council considered, individually and
collectively, the six elements comprising the 1995 General Plan,
the related appendices and the Final EIR. The 1995 General Plan
incorporates the seven mandatory elements established in
Government Code Section 65392 into six components, specifically:
3
a. The Land Use Element;
b. The Housing Element;
C. The Resource Management Element (Open Space
and Conservation Elements);
d. The Public Health and Safety Element (Noise
and Safety Elements);
e. The Circulation Element;. and
f. The Public Services and Facilities Element
(xxii) In its review of the 1995 General Plan and the
Final EIR, the City Council fully considered the impacts upon
landforms and topography, earth resources and seismicity, drainage
and flood control, biological resources, crime and prevention
services, fire hazards and protective services, health and
emergency services, hazardous materials, recreation and open
space, land use, air quality, noise, cultural resources,
socioeconomics (housing), energy systems, circulation/
transportation, educational services, water, wastewater, and solid
waste associated with the further development of the City in
accordance with the goals, policies and programs as more fully
detailed in the 1995 General Plan.
(xxiii) The 1995 General Plan and all of its
constituent parts are properly integrated, internally consistent
and compatible.
(xxiv) The City Council has considered all the
information presented to it, and found and determined that the
public convenience, welfare and good planning practice require the
adoption and implementation of the goals, policies and programs
contained in the 1995 General Plan.
(xxv) All legal prerequisites prior to the adoption
of this Resolution have occurred.
B. Resolution.
NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby found, determined and
resolved by the City Council of the City of Diamond Bar, as
follows:
1. The City Council of the City of Diamond Bar hereby
specifically finds that all of the facts set forth in the
Recitals, Part A, of this Resolution are true and correct and are
hereby incorporated into the body of this Resolution by reference.
2. Documentation has ween prepared in compliance with
CEQA and this City Council has reviewed and considered the
information contained in the environmental documentation,
including the Final Environmental Impact Report, the Addendum and
the Mitigation Monitoring Plan with respect to the 1993 General
Plan, and has determined that such documentation is complete and
adequate.
3. The City Council hereby determines that:
(a) The six components of the 1995 Diamond Bar
General Plan, including all appendices, completely address the
mandatory elements, and the mandatory legal contents required
therein, pursuant to California Government Code Section 65302 and
all other applicable statutes. The 1995 General Plan, attached
hereto as Exhibit A, is incorporated herein by this reference as
though set forth in full.
(b) The 1995 General Plan is informational,
readable, and available to the public pursuant to California
Government Code Section 65357.
(c) The six components of the 1993 General Plan,
including appendices, are internally consistent as required by
California Government Code Section 65300.5.
(d) The 1995 General Plan is consistent with State of
California policies, rules, regulations and guidelines.
(e) The 1995 General Plan covers all territory within
the corporate boundaries of the City of Diamond Bar and further,
incorporates all lands outside the corporate boundaries of the
City of Diamond Bar which the City Council has judged to bear a
reasonable relationship to Diamond Bar's planning activities
pursuant to California Government Code Section 65300.
(f) The 1995 General Plan is long term in perspective
pursuant to California Government Code Section 65300.
(g) The 1995 General Plan reasonably addresses all
relevant local issues and concerns currently identified.
4. The City Council of the City of Diamond Bar hereby finds
that adoption of the 1995 General Plan will generate social,
economic and other benefits which clearly outweigh the unavoidable
adverse environmental impacts, as specified in the Statement of
overriding Considerations set forth in Exhibit A of Resolution No.
95 -XX.
5. The City Council of the City of Diamond Bar hereby
finds that the 1995 General Plan for the City of Diamond Bar was
prepared in accordance with California State Planning and Zoning
Law, particularly Title 7, Chapter 3 of the California Government
Code and the General Plan Guidelines promulgated by the Governor'
s Office of Planning and Research.
6 . The City Council hereby approves and adopts the
1995 General Plan, attached hereto and incorporated herein by
this reference as Exhibit A, as the General Plan of the City of
Diamond Bar.
7. The City Clerk shall certify to the adoption of
this Resolution.
ADOPTED AND APPROVED this of
1 1995.
I, LYNDA BURGESS, City Clerk of the City of Diamond Bar,
do hereby certify y that the foregoing Resolution was passed,
adopted and approved at a regular meeting of the City Council of
the City of Diamond Bar held on the day of , 1995, by the
following vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
ABSTAINED: COUNCIL MEMBERS:
ATTEST
Lynda Burgess, City Clerk
City of Diamond Bar
C:7
r
LAW OFFICES
MICHAEL B. MONTGOMERY
A LAW CORPORATION
10501 VALLEY BOULEVARD, SUITE 121
EL MONTE, CALIFORNIA 01731
TELEPHONE (818) 452-1222
FACSIMILE (818) 452-8323
ALSO ADMITTED TO FLORIDA
AND HAWAII STATE BARS
MEMORANDUM
TO: CITY COUNCILNA
FROM: Associate City Attorneyrt�l I`
DATE: May 16, 1995
RE: Options re Adoption of General Plan
OF COUNSEL
ALAN R. BURNS
JOHN ROBERT HARPER'
ORANGE COUNTY OFFICE
453 S. GLASSELL STREET
ORANGE, CA 92888
(714) 771-7728
-professional Corporations
WENDY D. DAWER
The case causing procedural concern, DaVida v. Napa' had been
decided by the Court of Appeal and was pending before the Supreme
Court, when the Legislature enacted the revised Elections Code. The
DaVida decision, which allowed the voters to amend an existing
General Plan at the ballot box, was of statewide concern, hotly
debated, and it is inconceivable to think that the Legislature was not
aware of its import. New Elections Code §9200 says that, "Ordinances
may be enacted by and for any incorporated city pursuant to this
article." The single -subject rule does not apply to initiatives.'
If the provisions of two or more ordinances adopted at the same
election conflict, the ordinance receiving the highest number of
affirmative votes shall control (Elections Code §9221) .
A city may hold at its discretion, an advisory election on any subject
for which it otherwise has jurisdiction, to indicate to the council,
approval or disapproval of the proposal. The measure shall be
headed with the title, "Advisory Vote Only". The results of the
advisory vote are not controlling (Election Code §9603) .
A city council may submit to the voters, without a petition therefore,
any proposition for the repeal, amendment or enactment of any
ordinance to be voted upon in any succeeding regular or special
election, and if the proposition submitted receives a majority of the
votes, it shall be enacted accordingly.`
On this point, it has already been `field that CEQA compliance is not
' 9 Cal.4th 763
People v. Norton (1930) 108 Ca. App. 767, 775
Elections Code §9221, 9222
LAW OFFICES
MICHAEL B. MONTGOMERY
Mayor and City Council
City of Diamond Bar
May 16, 1995
Page 2
required in order for the council to put the matter on the ballot,
because the electorate is not a, "public agency" within the meaning of
that act."
If the council adopts the general plan, then the question of whether
or not it shall be repealed is put to the voters as a, "proposition",
rather than submitted as a repealing ordinance.'
Da Vida v. County of Napa,' holds that the planning process need
not be followed before a vote by the electorate. It would seem that
the same concept as in Lee would apply, i.e., the electorate is not a
public agency, and only public agencies are subject to the Planning
and Zoning Law (see Government Code §65300) . The adopted Plan
could still be challenged as to mandatory element.' Therefore, the
Council has the following options:
1. Adopt the General Plan by resolution, by majority vote of
the council. Government Code §65356.'
2. Refuse to adopt the General Plan.
3. Declare the original, now expired General Plan, to be the
current and existing General Plan.
4. Adopt the pending General Plan, but only for a limited time
period.
5. Place the General Plan in the ballot at the next election,
and submit the question of whether or not it should be adopted to the
electorate.
6. Adopt the pending General Plan, but to remain in effect,
only until the next election, and submit to the voters the proposition
of whether or not this General Plan should be continued as such.
7. Adopt this General Plan and put an advisory question on
the next ballot, which is not binding on the Council, on whether or
not this General Plan should be continued.
4 Lee v. City of Lompoc (1993) 14 Cal. App.4th 1515, 18 Cal.
Rptr.2d. 359
Schildwachter v. City of Compton (1939) 14 Cal.2d 342
` AG Opn No. 83-310, 66 AG Opns 258
Subject to a procedural limitation (see concurrent memorandum)
LAW OFFICES
MICHAEL B. MONTGOMERY
Mayor and City Council
City of Diamond Bar
May 16, 1995
Page 3
The following scenarios result, depending upon your decision. If you
refuse to adopt the General Plan at this time, without placing the
issue on the ballot for the next election, no further discretionary
land use permits may be granted. If you fail to adopt, but agree to
place the matter on the ballot, it can be argued that land use
decisions can be granted, if they are in conformity with the
"proposed General Plan", which, of course, is the one that would be
on the ballot. Any land use decision granted after adoption of the
General Plan at your next meeting, but before a referendum petition
is filed, would vest, regardless of whether the General Plan was
thrown out by the voters at the next election, or whether it suffers a
defeat under an advisory vote. Adoption of the old, expired General
Plan would probably not need an Environmental Impact Report, since
it adopts the existing situation for the most part, and could be done
with a negative declaration.
If the Council's proposed General Plan were placed on the same ballot
with the initiative proponents' GPAC General Plan, then they would
be listed as separate measures with a "Yes/No" vote as to each. If
one passes and the other is defeated, the issue is resolved. If both
are defeated, the process starts anew. If both are adopted, the
General Plan receiving the most votes would prevail (while there is a
rule that two or more initiatives may go into effect at the same
election, with the one getting the highest votes prevailing only as to
conflicting provisions, under the rule requiring internal consistency
of a General Plan, presumably internal consistency would not be
present if the two plans were thrown together, leaving the prevailing
Plan to have effect) .
If the Council adopts the General Plan, without limitation, and if the
initiative proponents place theirs on the ballot, and it passes, it will
repeal the Council's General plan; if it loses, the Council's General
Plan continues. If the initiative proponents General Plan goes on the
ballot and is passed, it can be amended only by a subsequent vote of
the people, subject, of course, to any provisions in the initiative
proponents' General Plan that would allow the Council to act, or
certain areas that may be pre-empted, such as the Housing Element.
Staff has raised the issue that having the Council place on the ballot,
a measure that has not yet gone through the entire planning process,
such as the initiative proponents' measure (although they apparently
dispute this assertion) might subject the matter to challenge. You
can pretty well figure that there is going to be a challenge from any
LAW OFFICES
MICHAEL B. MONTGOMERY
Mayor and City Council
City of Diamond Bar
May 16, 1995
Page 4
direction.
I have resolved the issue in favor of validity if adopted by ballot, on
three grounds:
1. Case law solidly gives the benefit of the doubt to initiative
proponents.
2. The new Elections Code states that any ordinance may be
submitted to the voters.
3. CEQA once considered sacrosanct in the normal development
process, and the procedure through which millions of dollars may be
lost on an unsuccessful effort, is not required in an initiative
measure (Lee, supra), or in any initiative amendment to a General
Plan (DaVida, supra) .
If any of . the Council have questions on the foregoing prior to the
meeting, do not hesitate to contact me.
A_VCO Community Developers v. Sout Coast Regional Com (1976) 17
Cal.3d 785
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: May 9, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
SUBJECT: Adoption of the 1995 General Plan
ISSUE STATEMENT: State law requires the preparation and adoption of a comprehensive, long
term General Plan for the physical development of all property within the
City and any land outside its boundaries which bears relation to its
planning. Upon adoption, the General Plan, through its numerous goals,
objectives and strategies, will define development strategy for the next
twenty years. The Draft 1995 General Plan has been developed since
January 1994 and is presented for adoption.
BACKGROUND:
In January 1994 the City Council established a General Plan Advisory Committee to develop the General
Plan. GPAC recommendations crafted over a six month period were forwarded to the Planning
Commission for review and consideration in July 1994. The Planning Commission conducted numerous
public hearings between July and October 1994. On October 17, 1994 the Planning Commission
recommended that the City Council approve and adopt the Draft General Plan. The City Council began
its detailed review of the documents on January 9, 1995.
The Council has examined the Introduction, Vision Statement, Resource Management Element (RME),
Public Services and Facilities Element (PSFE), Public Health and Safety Element (PHSE), Circulation
Element (CE), Housing Element (HE), and the Land Use Element (LUE). The purpose of the May 9,
1995 public hearing is to consider adoption of the 1995 General Plan.
On March 6, 1995 the City Council concluded its initial review of the General Plan and directed the
preparation of final documents. The Council subsequently established a May 9, 1995 public hearing to
consider adoption of the documents. The latest draft of the General Plan, dated March 31, 1995, was
distributed on April 7, 1995 providing a 30 day publicly noticed review period as previously established
1
by the Council.
The March 31, 1995 draft General Plan was referred to the Planning Commission for review and
recommendation in accordance with California Government Code Section 65356. The Commission
conducted a noticed public meeting on April 10, 1995, reviewed the General Plan as directed by the
Council and has provided its report and recommendations in the form of the attached meeting minutes.
The General Plan document before the City Council has been developed over the last 16 months and 40
public meetings incorporating extensive community interest and involvement. The 20 year plan sets forth
numerous strategies responding to local and regional issues facing the City. This General Plan responds
to ongoing development pressures by limiting new residential growth to a maximum of approximately
1200 additional housing units to the 18,000 existing homes. The General Plan requires the creation of
a slope density ordinance and tree preservation ordinance both designed to preserve and protect existing
resources. New.development proposals on larger sites will be required to dedicate open space areas for
Ian does not permit the development of a roadway through
permanent preservation. The General P
environmentally sensitive Tonner Canyon.
The Plan does incorporate a strong Vision Statement which seeks; retention of the rural/ country living
community character, preservation of open space resources, reducing regional traffic impacts on local
streets, promotion of viable commercial activity, well maintained housing, and a nurturing community
environment for all citizens.
The environmental impacts of the 1995 General Plan have been examined and compared with the
originally adopted General Plan. The Final Environmental Impact Report (FEIR) previously prepared and
certified (Resolution No. 92-43) adequately addresses the environmental impacts associated with the 1995
General Plan. The 1995 General Plan will not result in any new or more adverse environmental impacts
not already considered within the scope of the analysis contained the previously certified FE1R. In
accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) an "Addendum" to the FEIR has been
prepared and is attached.
The 1995 General Plan contains all mandatory elements and legal contents required for adoption pursuant
to the California Government Code. The General Plan has been presented in the form of numerous
"draft" documents reflecting the input of the citizen based General Plan Advisory Committee, Planning
Commission, and City Council. The Plan has been a work in progress reflecting the layers of public
review. Attached to this report is a "clean" version of the last draft plan with the layers of revisions
removed. A clean copy of the General Plan will be used as an attachment to the adopting resolution.
RECOMA ENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council, receive a presentation from City staff, open the public hearing,
receive testimony, close the public hearing, review the General Plan materials, approve the documents
and adopt Resolution Nos. 95-xx and 95-xx.
PREPARED BY:
James DeStefano
Community Development Director
attachments: - Planning Commission minutes from the April 10, 1995 meeting.
- Letter from Mr. Konrad Bartlam, City of Brea, dated November 28, 1994
- Letter from Mr. Dorian Johnson, Bramalea California, dated November 16,
regarding traffic issues.
Final Environmental Impact Report Addendum
Mitigation Monitoring Program
Draft Resolutions
Draft General Plan dated May 5, 1995
TO:
MEETING DATE:
FROM:
TITLE:
UI1Y Ur' ll1AMUND BAK
AGENDA REPORT
Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
May 16, 1995
Bob Rose, Community Services Director
AGENDA NO. 3 3
REPORT DATE: May 11, 1995
AWARD OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES TO RJM DESIGN GROUP FOR
THE MAPLE HILL PARK RETROFIT PROJECT
SUMMARY: The City Council awarded the construction contract for the Maple Hill Park ADA Retrofit on April
18, 1995. To administer the construction project the City desires to retain the services of a
professional project manager. The Project Manager will review time schedules, interpret plans
and specifications, process submittal's, review payment requests, conduct construction inspections,
prepare the final "punch list" and produce "as -built" drawings for the City. The City believes the
RJM Design Group can offer the best quality of service for this specific project. RJM is currently
under contract with the City for on-call landscape architect services and completed the
construction drawings for the Maple Hill Park project.
RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council remove the matter from the agenda; taking no
action at this time.
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION:
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed _ Yes X No
by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority or 4/5 vote?
3. Has environmental impact been assessed?
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission?
Which Commission?
5. Are other departments affected by the report?
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
4enceL. Bel er
L.
City Manager
Frank M. Usher
Assistant City Manager
MAJORITY
N/A _ Yes —No
N/A _ Yes —No
_ Yes X No
A -
0 ose
Community Services Director
Cl'1'Y COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: May 16, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
SUBJECT: AWARD OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES TO RJM DESIGN GROUP
FOR PROJECT MANAGEMENT SERVICES FOR THE MAPLE HILL RETROFIT
PROJECT
RECOMMENDATION:
It is recommended that the City Council remove the matter from the agenda; taking no action at this time
SUMMARY:
The City Council awarded the construction contract for the Maple Hill Park ADA Retrofit on April 18, 1995. To
administer the construction project the City desires to retain the services of a professional project manager. The
Project Manager will review time schedules, interpret plans and specifications, process submittal's, review payment
requests, conduct construction inspections, prepare the final "punch list" and produce "as -built" drawings for the
City. The City believes the RJM Design Group can offer the best quality of service for this specific project. RJM
is currently under contract with the City for on-call landscape architect services and completed the construction
drawings for the Maple Hill Park project.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY:
There are adequate funds available in the current Community Services Department budget .
DISCUSSION:
The ADA Maple Hill Park Retrofit Project will commence construction soon. The project consists of demolition,
replacement of playground equipment, placement of matting and sand, restroom retrofit, grading and pouring of
cement walkways. Due to this being a ADA compliance project, special emphasis needs to be placed on the
concrete form work for site access to insure that the design intent and allowable slope percentages are achieved
prior to the placement of concrete. To ensure that the contractor is strictly adhering to all aspects of the plans and
specifications and ADA compliance standards staff requested RJM Design Group to provide a proposal for Project
Management services.
Attached is the proposal of RJM for these services. The not to exceed amount of the project will be $9,500 which
includes both field observation and office administration.
RJM
DESIGN GROUP, INC.
PLANNING AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
April 10, 1995
Mr. Bob Rose
Director of Community Services
City of Diamond Bar
21660 East Copley Drive, Ste 100
Diamond Bar, California 91765-4177
RE: Construction Observation for Maple Hill Park ADA/Tot Lot Improvements
Dear Bob:
Pursuant to our recent discussions we are pleased to submit this letter of interest regarding construction
administration and observation for Maple Hill Park.
r; t 11
During the Construction Phase we shall provide those services, as outlined, for the administration of the
construction contract.
A. Review and approve contractor's timeline schedule.
B. Prepare weekly summary report on contractor's construction status.
C. Interpret plans and specifications.
D. Preparation of change orders.
E. Processing of submittals, including receipt, review of, and appropriate action on Shop
Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other submittals required by the Contract Documents
F. Distribution of submittals to Owner, Contractor and/or field representative as required
G. Review and approve contractor payment requests.
H. Prepare Notice of Completion
Maple Hill ADA/Tot Lot Improvements/995-30
27285 LAS RAMBLAS, SUITE 250 . MISSION VIEJO, CA 92691 e (714) 582-7516 • FAX (714) 582-0429
PassI
2. Construction Field Observation
Services consisting of visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become
generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine in general if the Work
is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. A suggested schedule for site visits is as
follows:
A. On-site pre -construction meeting.
B. .Review limits of demolition.
C. Review layout of site elements (play area, walks, play equipment, etc.).
(*See Special Note)
D. Grading/Drainage review.
E. Irrigation layout/coverage test.
F. Review completion and prepare "Punch List" items to be completed prior to commencement
of the maintenance period.
G. Final review and approval at end of maintenance period.
H. Obtain from the Contractor As -Built drawings produced from contractors printed "As-Builts"
and submitted on Anil mylar reproducibles (option per City direction).
SPECIAL NOTE:
It is our experience that there are occasions in which the design intent and specific information contained within
the conshvction drawing package is not "strictly" adhered to. With the increase in awareness regarding providing
ADA compliance we propose to "field" review concrete form work for site access with a "Smart Level" to insure
that the design intent and allowable slope percentages for site access (walkways, ramps, tot lot access, etc.) are
achieved prior to the placement of concrete.
Based upon our current understanding and experience of this project, it is our recommendation to proceed
with this work on an hourly basis for an estimated amount of $9,500. This will provide for 12 hours of
field observation and 4 hours of office administration per week. This work shall be billed per our hourly
fee schedule.
We look forward to maintaining our close working relationship with you on this exciting project. If you
have any questions or comments after reviewing this proposal, please do not hesitate to contact us.
Sincerely,
RJM Design Group, Inc.
Larry Vent
RL..
Vice P
LPR11e
Maple Hill ADA/Tot Lot Improvements/995-30 page 2
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
AGENDA REPORT AGENDA NO. )
TO: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager
MEETING DATE: May 16, 1995 REPORT DATE: May 12, 1995
FROM: Bob Rose, Community Services Director
TITLE: City Entry Signs
SUMMARY: With the completion of the new center medians on Golden Springs at the west city limits,
Diamond Bar has two locations that are appropriate for the placement of City Entry Signs. (The second
location is Grand Avenue at the 60 Freeway where a previously installed entry sign was damaged in an
auto accident and had to be removed.) The City Council requested staff to present entry sign design
options for their consideration. Several designs have been completed and reviewed by the City Council
entry sign sub -committee. The sub -committee preferred sample #1 as its first choice and sample #2 as
its second choice. The design samples and the sub -committee preferences were then forwarded to the
City Council for their information. Staff is seeking City Council direction on the design to use for City
Entry signs proposed to be installed at the two sites in Diamond Bar.
RECOMMENDED ACTION: Review and comment on the conceptual City Entry Sign designs and
direct staff appropriately.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS: X Staff Report Public Hearing Notification
Resolution(s) Bid Specifications (on file in City
Clerk's Office)
Ordinance(s) _X Other: Conceptual Designs
Agreement(s)
EXTERNAL DISTRIBUTION:
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST:
1. Has the resolution, ordinance or agreement been reviewed
_ Yes
X
No
by the City Attorney?
2. Does the report require a majority vote?
X Yes
No
3. Has environmental impact been assessed?
_ Yes
X
No
4. Has the report been reviewed by a Commission?
_ Yes
X
No
5. Are other departments affected by the report?
Yes
X
No
Report discussed with the following affected departments:
REVIEWED BY:
r--,o—Terrence L. Belanger Frank Usher Bob ose
City Manager Assistant City Manager Community Services Director
CITY COUNCIL REPORT
AGENDA NO.
MEETING DATE: May 16, 1995
TO: Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
FROM: Terrance L. Belanger, City Manger
SUBJECT: City Entry Signs
ISSUE STATEMENT:
Staff is seeking City Council direction on the design to use for City Entry signs proposed
to be installed at two sites in Diamond Bar. Also, if a new design is selected, shall staff
replace the three existing entry signs with the new design?
RECOMMENDED ACTION:
Review and comment on the conceptual City Entry Sign designs and direct staff
appropriately.
FINANCIAL SUMMARY:
It is estimated that, depending on the design selected, the cost to design, construct and
install each City Entry Sign will be between $1,300 and $6,000.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
Five sites in the City of Diamond Bar have been identified as appropriate locations for City
Entry Signs. These sites include:
I. West City limits at Golden Springs and Calbourne
2. Northwest City limits at Grand Avenue and 60 Freeway
3. North City limits at Diamond Bar Blvd. near Temple Avenue
4. East City limits at Grand Avenue and Longview
5. South City limits at Diamond Bar Blvd. near Brea Canyon Road
Each of these sites are entry ways into the community on major boulevards that are heavily
travelled and have landscaped center medians on which to construct the entry sign.
Three of the above sites already have entry signs in place. Two sites, West City limits
at Golden Springs and Calbourne, and Northwest City limits at Grand Avenue and the 60
Freeway, do not presently have entry signs. With the recent completion of the landscaped
center median at Golden Springs and Calbourne, these two sites are now ready to have
entry signs installed. (Note - there was once an entry sign at Grand Avenue and the 60
Freeway, but it was damaged in an auto accident and'had to be removed.)
In order to provide the City Council with an option on the type of entry sign to install,
staff has developed several conceptual drawings for review.
City Council Report
City Entry Signs
Meeting Date: May 16, 1995
Page 2
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: (continued)
The drawings were reviewed by the City Council Entry Sign sub -committee that was in
place at that time (the sub -committee has since been disbanded). The sub -committee
selected design sample "1" as their preference. That preference and all the conceptual
drawings were then forwarded to the City Council for review. Since that time, the City
Council has approved the plans and specifications for monument signs to be placed at the
City's parks. The City Council may wish to consider a design similar to the park
monument signs for the City Entry Signs with the verbiage "Welcome to Diamond Bar"
in place of the name of the park.
The sample conceptual drawings included in this packet include:
1. First choice of the sub -committee - Metal Diamond Bar sign mounted on low profile
river rock base.
2. Second choice of the sub -committee -Metal Diamond Bar sign mounted on high profile
river rock base.
3. Narrow profile metal Diamond Bar sign protruding from top of stone monument wall.
4. Metal Diamond Bar sign mounted on pole that rises above river rock base - Can
support banners,.
5. Wide profile metal Diamond Bar sign protruding from top of stone monument wall.
6. Three dimensional pyramid shaped monument with metal or concrete "Diamond Bar"
7. Sample of approved park monument sign. Park name would be replaced with
"Welcome to Diamond Bar"
8. Copy of photo of existing entry sign.
Staff is seeking City Council direction on the design to use for the proposed construction
of entry signs at the two available sites.
The options available that the City Council may wish to consider include:
1 Select one of the conceptual designs and direct staff to develop plans and specifications
for the construction of the two new City Entry Signs.
2. Direct staff to install two new City entry signs that are consistent in design to those
already in place.
3. Direct staff to remove the three existing City Wintry Signs and replace them with the
design selected by the City Council.
4. Re-establish the City Council Entry Sign sub -committee to study the available options
in more detail and to bring back a recommendation to the City Council.
PREPARED BY:
Bob Rose
Community Services Director
O
O
• r•I
O
U
1
A
H
34
W
w
O
O
U
O
U
U]
f4
I w
I I
I
a
a
ro
m
N
C!1
(D
n
O
O.s
C7
O
r•
0
rn
n
N•
tr'
i
0
N•
ct
fi
19
Un
rn
G
m
r-
n
n �
PU
x
n
rt
d�
F-
�, W F-
n �l n
x �n
�l(D
A) o
� n
;D
rt
N•
LQ
m
.d sagas OZSr(ti�NtiS 6��hI S6, 9 '-. J
Photo of existing Entry Sign
MINUTES OF THE CITY OF DIAMOND BAR 4 ')40P
ADJOURNED REGULAR MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL
MAY 9, 1995 4A
4?�
CALL TO ORDER: Mayor Papen called the meeting to order at 6:45
p.m. at the SCAQMD Auditorium, 21865 East Copley Drive, Diamond Bar,
California.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE: The audience was led in the Pledge of Allegiance
by C/Ansari.
ROLL CALL: Mayor Papen, Mayor Pro Tem Werner, Council Members
Harmony and Ansari. C/Miller was excused.
Also Present: Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager; Michael Montgomery, Special
Legal Counsel; George Wentz, City Engineer; James DeStefano, Community
Development Director and Tommye Nice, Deputy City Clerk.
Mayor Papen announced that Council Member Miller was attending another
meeting and would be arriving in approximately one hour.
2. PUBLIC HEARING:
(A) Resolution No. 95 -XX: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR INCORPORATING RESOLUTION NO. 92-43 BY
REFERENCE AND CERTIFYING THE ADEQUACY OF THE ADDENDUM
TO THE GENERAL PLAN ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT REPORT AND
MAKING FINDINGS THEREON PURSUANT TO THE CALIFORNIA
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT.
(B) Resolution No. 95 -XX: A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR ADOPTING THE 1995 GENERAL PLAN FOR THE
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR.
CDD/DeStefano reported that development of the 1995 General Plan had taken
place over the past one and one-half years beginning with review by the Council -
appointed General Plan Advisory Committee. The Planning Commission then held
approximately 12 public hearings and the Council began detailed deliberation of the
document in January, 1995. The latest draft of the General Plan, dated March 31,
1995, was distributed on April 7, 1995 for a 30 -day review by the public at the
direction of the Council. The 30 -day publicly noticed review period incorporated
documents available for inspection, purchase or loan at City Hall and for inspection
at the Library. Approximately 80 "clean copies" of the General Plan were provided
to the Council and the public using the City's mailing list. The "clean copy"
eliminates all overlays and includes all current changes and corrections directed
by Council. The Planning Commission then reviewed four specific items on April
10, 1995, as directed by Council and concurred with Council's draft
recommendations on all but one item. Regarding the South Pointe Master Plan
property, the Commission agreed with Council's verbiage for the Planned
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 2
Development proposed for the area with two exceptions. The first was that the most
sensitive property discussed within the Planned Development area should be the eastern-
most portion of the canyon. The second difference was the Commission's suggestion that
development of Larkstone Park be in addition to the 30% set aside in the Planned
Development as Open Space, meaning that of the 78 acre site, instead of about 23 acres
set aside for open space, incorporation of Larkstone. Park (approximately two and one-half
acres) would increase the open space acreage to approximately 26 acres. Regarding PD
5, the 27 acre Site D area located at Brea Canyon Rd. and D.B. Blvd., the General Plan
allows for residential uses and, through a correction, staff will indicate Council's desire for
a designation of Public Facilities, Open Space and Park for the property. The Planning
Commission reviewed the change and, by a split vote, recommended that Council
incorporate a Public Facilities designation for the entire property which is consistent with
the previous Commission recommendation for use of the property. In addition to an errata,
staff's presentation included Council's decision-making involvement with respect to
adoption of an addendum to the Environmental Impact Report, as well as an
Implementation & Mitigation Monitoring Program for the Environmental Impact Report and
General Plan. Regarding the addendum, the Environmental Impacts of the 1995 General
Plan were examined and compared with the originally -adopted 1992 General Plan. An
Environmental Impact Report was prepared for the 1992 General Plan which addressed
environmental impacts associated with the range of alternatives considered within that
document. An analysis was performed by the City's consultant, Cotton\ Beland Associates,
Inc. regarding the environmental impacts that the 1995 General Plan will create. The
conclusion is that the 1995 General Plan will not result in any new or more adverse
environmental impacts that were not already considered within the scope of analysis
contained in the previously certified EIR. In accordance with the State Environmental
Quality Act, an addendum to the previously certified EIR was prepared and attached. The
addendum does not require public review. The Implementation & Mitigation Monitoring
Program is a combined document. Upon adoption of the General Plan, implementation
begins. In addition, as a result of discussions contained in the General Plan, the next step
for the City will be to create improved Hillside Management Ordinances, Tree Preservation
Ordinances, Subdivisions, etc. The Mitigation Monitoring Program sets forth all strategies
contained within the General Plan and timing and responsibility for oversight to insure
implementation of all strategies. Staff received four letters since publication of the packet
on Friday, May 5, 1995: 1) Walnut Valley Unified School District, dated April 26, 1995 and
received on May 1, 1995 provides suggestions for Planned Development Areas 4 and 5;
2) California Department of Transportation dated May 1, 1995 suggesting that, in future
development projects, the City look into development impact fees for public facilities such
as the freeway system; 3) Department of Conservation dated May 8, 1995, indicating that
there is an oil exploratory area either within or adjacent to the City, known as the Tonner
Canyon Shell Oil area, and that if any development were to take place at any future date
in that area, there is a set of guidelines and procedures that must be followed with regard
to capping wells, etc; 4) Boy Scouts of America dated May 5, 1995 indicating that Edward
Jacobs and Tom Kolin of that organization may speak on behalf of the Chairman of the
Boy Scouts of America, Los Angeles Area Council.
With respect to revisions and errata, CDD/DeStefano presented the following: On Page
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 3
1-17 of the Land Use Element, there is a discussion of Planned Development Areas 2, 3
and 4. In a letter included in the packet, Bramalea is suggesting minor changes to the
description for Planned Development Area 2. Bramalea is correctly pointing out that within
Planned Development Area 2, the description of the site requires amendment; that the 75
acres of Sub Area B is located VAg of Pantera Park; that the two acre area discussed in
this Planned Development located at D.B. Blvd. and Gold Rush Dr. should be noted as
being at the southeast corner of those two streets; the last sentence should conclude by
stating that lot sizes would range from 6,000 to 10,000 quare feet. Regarding Planned
Development Area 5, he pointed out that while the text indicates that the land uses
appropriate for the site include five units per acre residential land use, the Council asked
that land uses incorporating Public Facilities, Open Space and Park be incorporated into
that Planned Development Area.
On Page 1-18, Specific Plan Area 1, under Strategy 1.6.3, the second paragraph,
subsection (a) beginning with the words "Facilities appropriate for this site..." should be
deleted.
Regarding Table 1-3, Page 1-25, the top third of the table refers to Land Use Designations,
Residential Designations and follows with a Subtotal. Reading from left to right, the
Subtotal Gross Acres in the City is 5,884 and the Total Gross Acres should read 55.884.
The bottom quarter of Table 1-3 indicates "Other Designation" under Water, the Total
Gross Acres total 21 instead of 19. On Table 1-3, Other Designations "Open Space" Gross
Acres in the City should be 51$ and therefore, the Total Gross Acres should also read 518.
Private Recreation is listed as 58 acres and should be changed to read: 15 with the Total
Gross Acres also indicating j_�. The Total Gross Acres under Other Designations,
"Agriculture" should read 3.589 and not zero (0). The final totals on the page are correct.
Regarding Table 1-4, Page 1-26, a revised table was provided. The dwelling unit
discussion in the Residential Land Use classification was split. Therefore, the table under
the "Land Use" heading currently reads: "Residential." Lines have been added to read
"City" and "Sphere." Reading from left to right, corrections are as follows: Existing
Units/Sq. Ft. for Residential in the City is 17,813 Dwelling Units; Potential Additional is
1,205; Expected Total Development is 19,018; and Population at General Plan Buildout
is 58,000. The next line for the Sphere of Influence would read: Existing Units 0; Potential
Additional Units 1,800; Expected Total Development 1,800; Population at General Plan
Buildout 5500. The totals remain unchanged.
With respect to Page 1-27, Land Use Map, at the western most boundary of the City west
of Brea Canyon Rd., west of the 57 Freeway at the terminus of Pathfinder Rd. in D.B.,
there is a public park below Pathfinder Rd. Above Pathfinder Rd., in a small notation, is
Private Recreational. This designation is incorrect. It is a graphic error and should be
restated as Open Space. This designation is consistent with the Council's previous
direction for the two open space areas that exist on either side of the Pathfinder's
Homeowners Assn. property.
Referring to Page II -9 and II -10 of the Housing Element, changes to Table II -3 were
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 4
provided to Council. The Council's requested update of these tables includes statistics
through March, 1995. The Church of Christ in Pomona, the Pomona Women's Fellowship
Home Site, Pomona and the Elsie Manning Friend in Need Service Center, Pomona no
longer provide area homeless facilities and services. The Catholic Charities Brother
Miguel Center of Pomona was added to the list (includes Target Groups Low income
families and Facility/ Service Provide shelter. vouchers, food and referrals). On Table 11-3,
Page II -9, Pomona Valley Shelter, the number of beds was changed from 22 per night to
i. Families can be serviced. Under Pomona Neighborhood Center, # Beds should read:
170+. Under Dept. of Social Services, Pomona, Facility/Service should read: "Homeless
assistance is provided at $30/night, 16 days maximum." The Beta Center should be
corrected to state under Facility/Service: 7 day emergency food supply for each family
member is added. On Page II -10, Table II -3, the Women's & Family Crisis Center Social
Services, Pomona # Beds should be changed to: 32 each in two shelters and
Facility/Service is corrected by adding the following: "SHELTERS ARE IN LOS
ANGELES." Bienvenidos Children Center, Inc., West Covina, # Beds should indicate 46
and the EMERGENCY SHELTER is actually located in Altadena.
At the end of Table II -3, "Source:" should be shown as Cotton/ Beland/Associates, March
1995.
The text of the first paragraph on Page II -10 was changed to reflect the table just
discussed.
Regarding Table II -4, Page II -14, the following changes were noted: under Low Density
Residential classification the Acres under Vacant Land should be changed to 72 and the
DU's to 2JL for a Unit Total of 2ffi instead of 140. The TOTALS for the table are changed
to read as follows: Acres 1,827.7; DU's 1.331 - and Unit Total 1.471.
In response to M/Papen, CDD/DeStefano responded that the document currently states
1,205 DUs under Vacant Land and the total should be corrected to 1,331 as provided by
Cotton/Beland based upon the latest mathematical calculations of development opportunity
and the application of density and, therefore, the number of dwelling units that may be
created on those vacant areas. The number may change as the discussion of Land Use
and Housing Element concludes.
Referring to Page III -5, Resource Management Element, the second paragraph regarding
the number of recreational areas should be corrected to read as follows as a result of
proper clarification contained within Table III -1 on Page III -4. The new first sentence will
read as follows: "Currently, within the City there is a total of 478.3 acres of recreational
facilities, including 45A acres of developed parkland and 97 acres of undeveloped
parkland for a total of 142.4 acres of City owned park land."
With respect to Page V-22, Circulation Element, he recommended that the fourth line of
the first paragraph be changed to read: "The City of Industry is considering the
development of the area beyond the terminus of Sunset Crossing Road, Beaverhead
Drive, Washington Street and Lycoming Street with industrial uses and a waste -to -rail
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 5
materials recovery facility" and the rest of the sentence should be eliminated. In addition,
the next sentence should be eliminated. It now reads: "The area through which these
streets would be extended is presently undeveloped."
M/Papen stated that, in addition to the changes recommended by staff, the following words
should be eliminated from the next sentence: "The extension of these streets and..." so
that the sentence now reads: "The proposed development of industrial uses would
significantly increase the volume of traffic along these residential streets and introduce a
significant number of trucks into these residential neighborhoods."
On Page V-23, sub -strategy (g) (4) Local funding; should be corrected to read: "(g) (4)
Local funding such as, Prop C or Redevelopment funds;"
M/Papen requested Council consensus for adoption of staffs recommended
changes/corrections. Without objection, the Council concurred.
CDD/DeStefano stated that staff believed, through the course of development of this
General Plan, that the Council has a document containing all of the mandatory elements
and all of the legal contents required for adoption pursuant to the California Government
Code.
M/Papen suggested the following changes/additions/corrections: Introduction, Page 1,
third paragraph, second sentence, capitalize piamond; Housing Element Page II -2,
Paragraph 1 and Paragraph 4, change 1994 to 1995; Housing Element, Page II -4;
Resource Management Element, Page III -4, Table III -1, insert the number of parking
spaces for the D.B. Golf Course, the Little League Park and The Country Estates Park;
Table III -1, Page 111-4, itemize local school recreational facilities i.e., tennis courts, etc.;
Circulation Element, Page V-12, b. Paratransit Services, correct the paragraph to reflect
the current "Diamond Bar Dial a Cab" service in place of Dial -a -Ride and change the last
sentence to read: "Transportation is provided within 10 miles of the City limits at a
reduced rate; Paragraph V-24, Strategy 1.1.7 was previously deleted by the Council
because it was redundant with the previous Strategy 1.1.5. In error, Strategy 1. 1.6 was
deleted. Therefore, Strategy 1.1.7 should read as follows: "Encourage Orange and San
Bernardino Counties to fund and construct an environmentally sensitive transportation
corridor through Soquel Canyon and/or Carbon Canyon;" Public Services and Facilities,
Page VI -2, Paragraph 1, change the third sentence to read "The City has established a
system for collection of solid waste;" Page VI -2, Paragraph 8, delete the last phrase
"although the statewide drought makes the long-term supply of water to this area
questionable;" Page VI -2, Paragraph 11, change to read: "Other services within Diamond
Bar include branch office postal services administered in Pomona, MTA, Foothill Transit
and OCTA bus systems, Walnut -Diamond Bar YMCA, and Seniors organization;" Page VI -
3, Paragraph 7, first sentence, delete "continuation of the" so the sentence reads:
"Although local water purveyors can adequately serve the area in terms of facilities, a
Statewide drought could put severe restrictions on the availability of water;" Page VI -3,
Paragraph 8, second sentence change to read: "The City should take a more active role
in energy conservation and the implementation of new energy technologies;" Page VI4,
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 6
GOAL 1, change to read: "Consistent with the Vision Statement, provide adequate
infrastructure facilities and public services to support development and planned growth."
Responding to MPT/Werner regarding Existing Noise Contours Map, Figure IV -3 on Page
IV -16, Public Health & Safety Element, CDD/DeStefano stated that the graphics are based
upon an analysis performed over the course of development of this General Plan. They
reflect the conditions at the time of the analysis. With traffic increases and other noise
sources that may impact D.B., those numbers may change. Objective 1.10 and
subsequent Strategies refer to reviewing and revising standards with respect to noise
generators that would have impacts upon the City, as well as improving development
standards so that the receptors of noise would be protected. The material contained within
the graphic is accurate as of the time the information was obtained.
M/Papen declared the Public Hearing open with respect to changes for the General Plan
excluding the Land Use Element.
Wilbur Smith, 21630 Fairwind Ln., stated that regarding Page II -3, the numbers should
reflect the current situation. In the Circulation Element, Page V-22, he indicated that
Strategy 1.1.4 should reflect that the easterly portion of the Sphere of Influence is outside
SEA 15.
Responding to Mr. Smith, M/Papen referred him to Sub -strategy (c). Mr. Smith requested
that the map reflect this statement.
C/Miller arrived at 7:40 p.m.
Responding to C/Harmony, Mr. Smith stated the basic problem was not to have a road
through Tonner Canyon and SEA 15 in particular. He indicated the language in the
General Plan could be more specific if the easterly portion referred to in Strategy 1.1.4 is
defined as being outside SEA 15.
In response to M/Papen, Don Cotton stated that under b. Housing Stock Characteristics,
Page II -3, the average resale value of $312,324 for 1991 being up 2.7 percent from 1990
was for a four bedroom home. M/Papen requested that sentence 5 be changed to include
"four bedroom home" so that the sentence reads: "A review of resale house price date
from the California Market Data Cooperative (CMDC) in Diamond Bar indicates an average
resale value of a four bedroom home of $312,324 for 1991 which was up 2.7 percent from
a value of $304,000 for 1990."
Max Maxwell, 3211 Bent Twig Ln., agreed with Mr. Smith regarding Page V-22 of the
Circulation Element. He indicated the Resolution number is blank on the EIR form and
asked what the number would be.
M/Papen responded that the Resolution Number will be assigned by the clerk at the time
it is adopted.
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 7
Mr. Maxwell further stated that the Council will be costing the City another $50,000 to
$100,000 if the Council does not put this General Plan, along with GPAC's initiative on the
ballot. The initiative has been filed and, therefore, according to law 65360 regarding
general plans, referring to a statement that says "any plan that is under consideration that
any land development or any approval by the Council of an issue that is not in accordance
with any plan...", the Council will be breaking the law because the GPAC intended to put
their initiative on the ballot and it is under consideration even though the Council might
pass the General Plan tonight.
There being no further testimony offered, M/Papen closed the Public Hearing on all
chapters of the General Plan, with the exception of the Land Use Element.
M/Papen stated she is not a traffic engineer or a geologist and that she hesitated to put
a line on a map with respect to the question of Strategy 1. 1.4 and SEA 15 as raised by Mr.
Smith. Technical studies regarding the area have not been completed. She believed it
is the intent of both the Planning Commission and the Council unanimously to, as much
as possible, avoid disturbance of Tonner Canyon and of 15 to preserve the wildlife corridor
and also allow for the possibility of a regional bypass that would relieve the City's streets
from outside traffic.
CDD/DeStefano displayed graphic Figure 1-1 describing existing land uses in the City's
planning area. He pointed out the demarcation for SEA 15 and where it is located within
the City's area. Also contained within the Land Use Element is the proposed land use plan
indicating a demarcation for SEA 15. According to the text of the Circulation Element,
Strategy 1.1.5, Page V-23, which is very specific, there are a series of requirements for
any future road consideration, one of which is avoiding the disruption of SEA 15. If there
is going to be a roadway, it is going to be within the eastern most portion of the Sphere of
Influence avoiding disruption of SEA 15.
MPT/Werner stated that this is the same drawing that was brought before the Council
months ago and in his opinion, what Mr. Smith is suggesting is not that difficult. He
suggested that Strategy 1.1.4 (c) be changed to read: "Avoiding SEA 15."
CM/Belanger responded that the City could avoid SEA 15 and still disrupt SEA 15.
M/Papen asked if any Council Member objected to deleting "disruption of from Strategy
1.1.4 (c) so that it reads: "Avoiding SEA 15". Seeing no objection, she ordered the
change.
M/Papen suggested the following changes/additions/corrections: Page 1-12, Strategy
1.1.6, correct the second sentence to read: "This designation also includes lands which
may have been restricted to open space by map restriction, deed (dedication, condition,
covenant and/or restriction), or by an Open Space Easement pursuant to California
Government Code (CGC), Section 51070 et seq. and Section 64499 et seq;" Page 1-15,
Strategy 1.5.3, correct the first sentence to read: "Land designated as Open Space by
deed (dedication. condition, covenant, and/or restriction) by open space easement (CGC
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 8
Section 51070 et seq) or by map restriction (explicit or previous subdivision) must comply
with an established review and decision making process prior to the recision, termination,
abandonment and/or removal of an open space dedication easement and/or restriction;"
Page 1-23, F. LAND USE PLAN, 1. Land Use Designations, second paragraph, correct the
number of land use designations from 16 to 18;" Page 1-23, F. LAND USE PLAN, 2. Land
Use Intensity/Density, correct the third sentence to read: "Density is described in terms
of dwelling units per gross acre of land (du/ac).
M/Papen opened the Public Hearing with respect to the Land Use Element.
Edward C. Jacobs, President, L.A. Area Council, Boy Scouts of America, stated the Boy
Scouts seek the same density designation as always under L.A. County and an unbiased
perspective so that the property's use is not pre -determined prior to formulation of a
specific plan. The Boy Scouts are concerned with language in the current version of the
General Plan requiring that any future development in the Specific Plan area will have to
"create fiscal benefits for the City". Further, the Scouts were concerned that the language
encouraged a pre -determined use for the property, a use which must create fiscal benefits.
Eliminating this phrase will maintain consistency with other portions of the Land Use
Element and will reinforce unbiased perspective toward the Specific Plan designation. He
presented Council with the Scout's specific wording for the General Plan.
M/Papen acknowledged the following Walnut Valley Unified School District board
members: Christine McPeak, President; Carol Herrera, Larry Redinger and Marsha Sykes.
Ron Hockwalt, Superintendent, Walnut Valley Unified School District, indicated he wished
to expand upon the letter dated April 26, 1995 to the Council which addressed concerns
regarding the Land Use Element, Page 1-17, (d) Planned Development Area 4, formerly
the RNP -property. The current language is too restrictive. The Board requested that the
Council drop reference to dwelling units since the school district has no interest in
residential development in this area. Second, the Board would like the Council to expand
the language to include commercial to public facilities and open space. Third, the
language from the Planning Commission seems very restrictive to the Board. The school
district is on record supporting a minimum of 30 percent of the 78 acres as open space and
preserving the canyon. The district stands by these positions but finds the Planning
Commission recommendation still too restrictive. With respect to Page 1-17 (e) Planned
Development Area 5, also known as Site D, the Board felt that current language did not
provide enough flexibility. The Board requested that the Council expand the language to
include public facilities, recreational and commercial land uses. As in the past and
throughout discussion over the last several years, the district is requesting greater
flexibility including a mixed land use pallet under the umbrella of Planned Development.
The district requested that the Council incorporate these changes into the General Plan
prior to adoption.
Don Schad stated that, in his opinion, had the first General Plan been put into effect, this
would be a much more peaceful City and a lot nicer to live in. If the present General Plan
goes through, instead of the citizens' plan, then the City's natural resources will be gone
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 9
with no chance to replace what most of the citizens moved here for in the first place.
Sandstone Canyon and Tonner Canyon will be gone forever. Map and deed restrictions
were placed on some tracts for a variety of reasons. The GPAC recommended that any
land designations be modified or changed only by a vote of the people, especially those
citizens who would be impacted the most by the lifting of those restrictions. Many real
estate transactions were done with the promise that adjoining open space areas will never
be developed. The housing density factor will impact open areas. GPAC approved
between 600 and 700 new homes to be allowed before the City is built out. This will also
reflect a certain amount of traffic increase as a result of over building. The City's traffic
problems are severe now. Why compound the problem with greater density. As all of the
easy areas are now developed, the trend seems to go after the wooded stream -fed
canyons and hills. Once again, the GPAC committee and citizens have been ignored. The
rezoning of key environmentally sensitive areas for more commercial was also a "no" by
the GPAC and citizens but the power of three changed all of that again and with 35 to 40
percent vacancy in D.B., it doesn't dictate destroying hills, canyons and existing
neighborhoods just to create more vacancies. The "no vote" regarding Tonner Canyon
was an adamant effort and if a roadway was ever built in Tonner Canyon, the net result
would impact D.B. very severely through increased traffic, smog and noise - noise factors
exceeding the standards in the General Plan and opening the way for massive
development plus the total destruction of the last major wilderness area in L.A. County.
The Council of three promised the General Plan would be placed on the ballot. Based on
past performance, this is the last chance for the Council to keep at least one promise to
all citizens.
Carolyn Elfelt, 21119 Silver Cloud Dr., indicated that she was present to support the
school district's request for use of its D.B. properties. In April, she attended an EdSource
Conference during which the goals for national education by the year 2000 were
discussed. WVUSD has achieved the goals or has the processes in place to attain them.
According to the State Superintendent of public instruction, California funding will be spent
to improve areas in which the district is already strong. During the conference, business
leaders emphatically stressed that in order to be ready for the next century, students will
have to know as much technology as possible. Technology costs money. Therefore, the
value of the school district's property, as determined by the General Plan, will affect the
district's ability to provide technology in its schools. She asked the Council to please allow
the district to have the flexibility it needs to have as many options as possible in the use
of its property in order to better meet the needs of the students.
Wilbur Smith requested that Page 1-10, Strategy 1.1.1 (f) contain language indicating all
of the units within this category are to be used for the purpose of satisfying the State
requirements of 20.0 dwelling units per gross acre. Regarding (g) under Strategy 1.1.1,
Page 1-11, he asked that the Council define the number of domestic units per acre as a
function of the average slope calculation. Regarding Page 1-12, Strategy 1.1.6, he did not
understand why residences are allowed in an open space area. In his opinion, if its open
space, there should be no residences. With respect to Page 1-12, Strategy 1.1.10,
residences are allowed under the Agricultural (AG) designation. In his opinion, these
statements are allowing development of Tonner Canyon and this is contrary to the Vision
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 10
Statement of the General Plan. He stated that Table 1-4, Page 1-26, indicates that Tonner
Canyon and the SEA 15 are targeted for development. He further stated that, in
modifications to the EIR, there is no indication that the Council is really preparing to allow
for development of the Sphere of Influence and SEA 15; however, the words in the
document state that is exactly what will occur and this is a contradiction. He indicated that
potential development of Tonner Canyon and the SEA 15 is the reason there will be an
effort to referend the General Plan and to have an initiative which puts forth the citizens
version of the General Plan.
Max Maxwell stated that GPAC requested that parks and open space be separated. He
indicated that the City requires that five acres per 1000 residents be set aside for parks.
The school district purchased property with a promise to the Pathfinders Homeowners
Assn. that they would preserve in its entirety. The school district bought property with
restrictions on it. He stated that GPAC does not support the taxpayers paying $1.4 million
to have commercial development on the school district property. GPAC wants the General
Plan to go to a vote of the people. The SEA protection has been overruled. Hundreds of
homes are being built now, some of which are in the back side of "The Country Estates."
Jan Dabney, representing D&L Properties, Inc. and SASAK, Inc., asked that both
properties remain in the current zoning as set forth by the Planning Commission and
forwarded to the Council at the last meeting. The D&L Property is proposed to be Rural
Residential (RR) and SASAK Corp. is presently processing a map for the May 6, 1995
Council agenda. He stated that he has heard "The citizen's General Plan" for six years.
He wants the people in the viewing audience to understand that these issues were widely
discussed at GPAC and very few of the controversial land use issues were a landslide vote
in either direction. Much of the language and much of the consideration given in the
Mission Statement was widely discussed and not everyone was in agreement. The
majority ruled, as it should be. There has been a representation that each GPAC
committee was 100% in agreement with everything that came out of GPAC. Over the last
three General Plans, the public has heard, on each occasion, that General Plan is the best
General Plan and that it is the "citizen's General Plan." On two of the occasions, the
General Plan has come out with theoretically the same citizens group, substantially
modified. He stated that when he, as a professional engineer, hears terms put forth such
as "a road through Tonner Canyon is going to increase the traffic impact in the City of
D.B." which has currently ground to a stop and business people cannot get their cars into
sites because of the pass-through traffic, he finds such statements a travesty. He further
stated he is not advocating a highway through Tonner Canyon, but it needs to be
reviewed. If a highway can be kept out of the SEA area, obviously it should be. He
indicated that lack of a traffic corridor is what is killing this community. He stated that, in
his opinion, the reason the corridor has not been approved to this date is that this City has
taken six years to approve a General Plan while every surrounding community has built
out their community and dropped traffic onto Grand Ave. Without having some instrument
allowing the City to work in concert with other communities, the City is currently suffering
the consequences.
Terry Birrell stated that the GPAC General Plan respected map restrictions on the 400
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 11
acres off of Grand Ave. and Summitridge Dr. and map restrictions on the school district
property. She further stated that map restrictions were placed on the property through the
developer's negotiations with L.A. County because of density transfers which occurred
years ago. For the City to incorporate and then lift those restrictions, seemed immensely
unfair. She continued that Mrs. Elfelt indicated that the school district needs money to
educate children. She agreed with that statement but wondered why the district
speculated with $1.5 million of taxpayers dollars. The district bought property with
restrictions on it which had been purchased only three years earlier for less than $100,000.
The district speculated that it could force a change. She deplored the waste of taxpayers
dollars. Speculators, including school districts, must bear the risk of their speculation.
She encouraged the Council to respect the designations placed on the land by GPAC and
L.A. County. The Council indicated that its changes to the GPAC plan are in the interest
of economic development for the City. She pointed to an article from the Wall Street
Journal which concludes that in Europe, helped by greenbelt regulations, Europe's town
centers prosper. She suggested that if the City is truly looking for economic development
in an appropriate manner, that the City consider what is being created and that the City not
be used merely as a pass through. She requested the Council to be more respectful of the
GPAC version of the General Plan and put both versions on the ballot and let the citizens
voices be heard.
Ken Anderson stated he would like to see an open forum so that all sides could be
considered prior to closing the Public Hearing.
There being no further testimony offered, M/Papen declared the Public Hearing closed.
RECESS: M/Papen recessed the meeting at 8:45 p.m.
RECONVENE: M/Papen reconvened the meeting at 8:55 p.m.
M/Papen referred the Council to the Boy Scouts' request regarding Page .I-12, Strategy
1.1.9, last paragraph stating the Boy Scouts have requested the language be changed to:
"At such time as development might be proposed. require formulation of a specific plan
pursuant to the provisions of Government Code Section 65450 for the Sphere of Influence.
The formation of a future specific plan should incorporate provisions to protect existing
resources while minimizing future adverse impacts to both the human and natural
environment of the Citv as well as the region (see Strategy 1.1.4 of the Circulation
Element).,,
MPT/Werner stated that Mr. Smith raised the issue of SEA 15 and the question of
contradiction between what the General Plan is stating in terms of preservation of the SEA
and suggesting that the property is developable. He further stated that his comments
addressed the Boy Scout property, as well as all of the properties in the Sphere of
Influence area. He asked the City Attorney what purpose is served by designating
anything for properties outside of the City which are currently subject to L.A. County zoning
and could be subjected to a zoning initiative through the County. He continued that, in his
opinion, the residents who are asking for the City's absolute control of the open space
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 12
should be directing their concerns to the Board of Supervisors. Specifically, where does
the City's control come from in designating these properties outside of the City and what
does the City accomplish.
SC/Montgomery stated that the original purpose of the Sphere of Influence was to ask the
communities that were incorporated to work with the surrounding areas to plan them in a
harmonious concept so that if and when annexation occurred, those areas would readily
be assimilated into the surrounding city to which they adjoin or to which they have been
assigned by the County. Long term planning by the County envisions that they will not be
able to provide public services to isolated pockets. The duty of the Council, under the
planning act and through the Land Use Element, has a duty to address the unincorporated
areas that abut the City and that are in the Sphere of Influence and give the residents in
the unincorporated areas an idea of what would be acceptable to the City should they
choose to pass the annexation petition.
MPT/Werner continued that the City has no authority to zone the property unless the
property was annexed to the City.
SC/Montgomery responded that while this is true, the City's designation is persuasive to
the regional planner. L.A. County created the SEA 15 designation and it overlays the
Agricultural (AG) zoning of the property. He further stated that the Boy Scouts would have
a difficult time changing the zoning if the City endorses the Agricultural (AG) zoning on the
Sphere of Influence.
MPT/Werner suggested that if, under County zoning, the Boy Scouts were to sell the
property under AG zoning to a developer and the developer proposes to build 2 acre
ranchettes. Under current zoning, if the City were to designate the property anything other
than 2 acre ranchettes, would L.A. County be in a position to approve 2 acre ranchettes.
SC/Montgomery responded affirmatively by stating that the regional planner is going to
look at how the Sphere of Influence has been treated by the City for zoning in the General
Plan. The County cannot arbitrarily and politically bypass zoning. Whatever is done by
the City regarding the Sphere of Influence will have a great deal of impact at the County
level.
MPT/Werner stated that the Boy Scout property was targeted for acquisition by the Joint
Powers of Authority. Would the City's designation of land use on that property have any
influence on the fair market value of the property.
SC/Montgomery responded that obviously, it would and if the Boy Scouts can show that
their property was depressed simply because the Conservancy planned to acquire it, the
Boy Scouts would be able to secure other zoning. If the Boy Scouts cannot show that it
should have been changed and all of the reasonable planners say that is what the zoning
should have been, then that is what the fair market value would be even though the
Agricultural (AG) zoning under the County prevails.
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 13
MPT/Werner stated that a contradiction was alleged to exist and, in his opinion, he did not
see a contradiction. The property has some very complex natural features, environmental
conditions and political conditions in terms of jurisdictions and perhaps other conditions
influencing what, if anything, will happen with the property in the future. The current
General Plan addresses a base line land use designation which identifies, as required by
State law, the appropriate land use density for the property (1 du/2ac). Other sections of
the General Plan show this property to be a significant ecological area under natural
resources and rather than melding this together with the land use designation, the General
Plan overlays the significant ecological area designation onto the land use designation
and the plan suggests that in some future development plan, the preservation objectives
stated under the SEA should be worked out compatibly with land use objectives. He asked
if this is a contradiction to which SC/Montgomery responded that it is not because the City
cannot anticipate what the changing situation is going to be and the two designations can
work together to an end result deemed acceptable to the City and the developer in terms
of preservation of the SEA.
C/Harmony asked if there would be any adverse impact on the Boy Scout property if it was
designated Open Space Recreational rather than Agricultural.
Responding to C/Harmony, SC/Montgomery stated that, as a matter of law, a landowner
is never entitled to more than the existing use. The trend is toward reduction of
entitlement. There is no right to gain a more economically developable use. Therefore,
the General Plan could indicate a current use zoning.
MPT/Werner reiterated Ms. Birrell's reminder that the City's incorporation application
stated there would be no change to land use designations.
Responding to MPT/Werner, C/Harmony stated the Council, without his vote, created new
designations for properties. He further stated that the promise to the people is to keep the
zoning on properties the same as it was through the County. Specific Plans and Planned
Developments pull protection out of the General Plan. The school district is asking for
commercial and those aspects pre -suggest the idea of lifting map restrictions.
M/Papen restated the request by the Boy Scouts for the proposed change of language as
previously outlined.
It was moved by C/Ansari, seconded by MPT/Werner to retain the current language for
Strategy 1.1.9, Page 1-12.
MPT/Werner, responding to C/Harmony, stated that he sensed that C/Harmony felt that
a Specific Plan overlay had a negative connotation because it leaves to the future some
land use decisions. He offered that the Specific Plan overlay as a well accepted planning
tool, not only holds off land use decisions to the future, it provides a better opportunity to
bring together all of the issues, objectives and goals of the entire General Plan document
and the environmental impacts associated with projects and bring them together in a
complete design for the property. By eliminating the Specific Plan overlay, a project is
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 14
reduced to the Conditional Use Permit process and the same level of control is not evident.
The Specific Plan is a legislative action which goes to Council and becomes ordinance.
C/Harmony indicated he thought that is what a development plan would accomplish which
is a better technique for future development of a project so that the citizens have specific
notice and can deal with a project. Specific Plans allow for special agreement
arrangements which gets very close to the concept of spot zoning. He indicated he has
problems with the technique of Specific Plan and properties should be zoned as they
currently are zoned and when a land developer wants to develop a property the developer
comes forward, asks for amendments to the General Plan, if necessary, and puts the plans
on the table and everyone is notified. Until then, the developer knows what the rules are
and what obstacles need to be overcome instead of upgrading the zoning now and not
having anything to show for it.
C/Ansari's motion carried 4-1 by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Miller, MPT/Werner, M/Papen
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Harmony
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
Regarding Planned Development Area 4, Page 1-17 (d), M/Papen stated that there is a
mixed ownership on this property with the City owning four acres of freeway frontage
property in the same PD4 zone. Total acres should be 82 vacant acres with the City
owning four acres and the school district owning 78 acres. The Planning Commission
asked that the General Plan specify that the 30% set aside for open space not include
Larkstone Park. She suggested that the residential language be deleted and designate
PD4 to consist of public facilities, commercial offices, general commercial and open space
and add the word park.
Responding to M/Papen, CDD/DeStefano stated that with respect to the school district
property 78 acres, 231/2 acres would be set aside for open space; two and one-half acres
for Larkstone Park; 19 1/2 acres for commercial, and 32 acres for public facilities.
Addressing Dr. Hockwalt, C/Harmony restated the school district's desire to "protect their
investment" and the property has been currently appraised at $1.2 million. He asked Dr.
Hockwalt how it would protect the district's investment to upgrade the property to
commercial.
Responding to C/Harmony, Dr. Hockwalt stated the property was appraised at $3.5 million.
C/Harmony stated that his understanding of previous discussions was that one-half of the
property would remain as open space.
Dr. Hockwalt responded that discussions he has been involved in allowed for 30% of the
property being set aside as open space.
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 15
In response to C/Harmony, Dr. Hockwalt responded that the school district has always
wanted to preserve the entirety of Sandstone Canyon. In addition, he indicated he did not
view it as profit taking, he viewed it as maintaining and managing the assets that the
school district has.
C/Ansari, addressing Dr. Hockwalt, stated that she is appalled by the master plan and the
five Planned Development areas that are listed specifically. She was not against the
school district's general building. The General Plan is specific as to what is allowed in the
Planned Development areas. There have been two referendums because of Planned
Development and she felt that the General Plan process should proceed. In her opinion,
there is no need to develop a master plan for each of these areas. She believed both the
GPAC version of the General Plan and the version of the General Plan now before the
Council should go on the ballot and let the community decide what it wants. She is not in
favor of another referendum. She further stated that this designation grants entitlements.
M/Papen stated these designations do not grant entitlements
C/Ansari continued that the perception of the community is that these designations give
entitlements. The language of the General Plan states that a master plan shall be
developed for each area of the City designated as a Planned Development.
MPT/Wemer, addressing C/Ansari, stated that there are no entitlements. An entitlement
is equal to a permit and once a permit is obtained, building can begin. That does not
happen from any aspect of the General Plan. Entitlement is a very specific term. Perhaps
some of the citizens need to understand that this is not an entitlement, it is a General Plan.
He indicated he would like to see the General Plan less specific as was originally intended,
however, the people who are now opposed to the verbiage said the General Plan was not
specific enough. So now the City is at the point where the General Plan is more specific;
however, it is not an entitlement. He stated he would not have a problem calling the
Planned Development areas "Planned Preservation areas." It was his understanding that
the restrictions on the school district property are for residential dwelling units. The school
district is asking that the residential dwelling units be deleted from the land use
designation so they are acquiescing to the restriction on the property indicating they do
not want the restriction. The City is now asked to put in place "commercial." He was not
aware of any commercial restriction on the property. The school district is also saying they
are going to preserve 1/3 of the property in natural open space and the remaining 1/3 of
the property in public facility. Those sound positive and consistent with the planned
preservation area. He believed that what the school district requested is consistent with
what has transpired over the past one and one-half years with regard to this property.
SC/Montgomery stated that C/Werner was correct. The Land Use designation is a
threshold to the application of the permit. Application for permit cannot be made if the
Land Use designation does not permit the use intended.
MPT/Werner continued that the General Plan is a foundation. The City is not saying,
through this General Plan, that something can or cannot be built. It is a straightforward
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 16
foundation toward the next step in the process and he believed that it was what the State
had in mind when it said that cities are obligated to establish the land use principals that
will allow a property owner to come forward and ask for a reasonable use of their property.
With that, he indicated he would support the school district's request that is consistent with
everything being said by members of the community. He did not suggest removing any
restrictions from the property. If there is a restriction on the property, the restriction
remains.
M/Papen suggested the following wording for Page 1-17, (d) Planned Development Area
4: "PD -4 consists of 82 vacant acres and is located west of Brea Canyon Road, north of
Peaceful Hills Road and south of South Pointe Middle School. Land uses appropriate for
this planned development area would include commercial, park, public facilities and open
space. A minimum of 30% of the site will be set aside as open space, not including
parkland. The most sensitive portion of the site shall be retained in permanent open
space. The site plan shall incorporate the planning and site preparation to accommodate
the development of Larkstone Park of a suitable size and location to serve the
neighborhood as approved by the City."
Motion by MPT/Werner, seconded by C/Miller to adopt M/Papen's language.
C/Harmony stated that he is in favor of the GPAC language which indicated no
development in Sandstone Canyon - 78 acres, no development - and to allow 1/3, 113 and
1/3 is a real corruption of that body's deliberation; that is open space, it had reservations
on it, the land was only worth $150,000 when Miller bought it. The school district bought
it for $1,200,000. This is profit taking all of the way and it should be open space and the
school district has to stick with their investment.
M/Papen responded that one of the school board members mentioned to her during the
recess that one of the reasons they had to spend in excess of $1 million to acquire the
property, which was worth $3 million, was because they were going to lose $8 million in
State funding because of the Council's delays in 1993 in approving any kind of
development on this property. In her opinion, there is quality education in the WVUSD and
the citizens want to encourage that. It is unfortunate that school districts have to go into
land use planning in order to provide monies for education. However, if that is what it
takes to provide the quality of education long-term in this community, she supports the
school district 100%.
M/Papen's motion carried 4-1 by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Miller, MPT/Werner, M/Papen
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Harmony
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
C/Ansari questioned M/Papen's statement that the school district's project was held up in
1993. At that time, it was part of the South Pointe Master Plan. This item did not come
before the Council again until the end of March, 1993, when the school district requested
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 17
a re -hearing. The district was told at that time that they would have to begin grading in a
couple of weeks and she was surprised because during a meeting with Dr. Hockwalt and
Marsha Sykes on December 1, 1992, she was not told that they would need grading in the
second or third week of April, 1993. It was brought before the Council the end of April,
1993, so it was rushed through on a time line that she did not feel was explored enough.
It was held up because of the will of the people concerned about the South Pointe Master
Plan. She was not against builders building on their land. She felt the Council should
specify a master plan and if the Council wants to call a master plan Open Space Area 1,
Area 2, Area 3, Area 4 and Area 5.
C/Ansari moved to rename Planned Development Area 4 to Ogen Space Area 4 and
replace current wording with the following language for Strategy 1.6.1, (d) Page 1-17: "OS -
4 consists of 78 vacant acres and is located west of Brea Canyon Road, north of Peaceful
Hills Road and south of South Pointe Middle School." No other language should be
incorporated and the people have so stated. The City should pass the General Plan and
then come back and amend the Plan for each developer and each plot of land as it is
presented.
C/Ansari's motion died for lack of a second.
C/Miller stated that C/Harmony's statement that he sold the property to the school district
is not true and he wants this issue cleared. He indicated he does not have a problem
calling this area "Planned Preservation" and leaving the text as written.
C/Miller amended MPT/Werner's motion to rename area 4 "Planned Preservation Area"
leaving all of the text as requested by the school district. MPT/Werner agreed to the
amendment.
MPT/Werner did not see any difficulty in doing what C/Ansari suggested for Planned
Development Area 4. The current language is more restrictive whereas what C/Ansari
suggested opens the door and makes it less compatible and more contradictory to what
the rest of the General Plan states.
M/Papen stated that if the descriptive language is removed and the Plan only identifies the
number of acres and location, then the property owner is allowed to come in with all 20
land uses from which to pick and choose and the application could be for any land use.
Responding to M/Papen and MPT/Werner, CM/Belanger stated there would be no
restriction on what kind of application could be made. The school district asked for a land
use designation presuming the district would be the applicant. However, some future
landowner could submit an application and ask that the land use mix be changed to
something else. Any property owner has a right to ask for anything and this particular
property owner has stated they would like it to be a certain way. But if a future property
owner comes in and says they want it to be 30 acres of commercial and 50 acres of
residential, they can ask for it no matter what the General Plan states. The applicant can
request a General Plan amendment.
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 18
In response to C/Ansari, CM/Belanger stated that a General Plan designation of Planned
Development does not zone the property. If the property owner came back to the City with
a plan that is outlined here, at the very least, they would have to subject themselves to a
zone change which means they would have to go through public hearing and it is all
subject to referendum - it is a legislative act. Anything that is done to any property in a
planning designation requires, at a minimum, a change in zoning because you don't zone
the property. The Plan is simply stating these are categories. The property owner has to
come back and say what they want to do. The property is not being given an entitlement.
The only way the property can get an entitlement is to get zoning and specific legislative
approval by the Council to do something. The General Plan does not do that.
MPT/Werner's motion carried 3-2 by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Miller, MPT/Werner, M/Papen
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Harmony
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
Staff was directed to change all Planned Development (PD) Area headings to Planned
Preservation Area (PP)".
M/Papen stated that regarding Strategy 1.6.1 (e), Page 1-17, the request by the school
district is to add the following language: "Land uses appropriate for this site include public
facilities, commercial offices and general commercial." which includes deletion of the
reference to single family land use.
Motion made by MPT/Werner, seconded by M/Papen to amend the second sentence of
Strategy 1.6.1 (e) Planned Preservation Area 5 to read as follows: "Land uses appropriate
for this site include a maximum of five (5) single family detached residential dwelling units
per acre and public facilities."
In response to C/Harmony, Dr. Hockwalt stated that the 28 acre parcel had not been
declared surplus property and if the school district wished to declare it surplus, it would
have to go through the necessary legal procedures. In addition, if the property was
declared surplus, it would have to be offered for sale to other public agencies. Since the
district is not declaring the property surplus, it will not be offered for sale and the school
district can develop the property in order to follow through with the principles of asset
management.
Motion carried 3-2 by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Miller, MPT/Werner, M/Papen
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Harmony
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
Motion made by MPT/Werner, seconded by C/Miller to adopt Resolution No. 95-20,
Resolution of the City Council of the City of Diamond Bar incorporating Resolution No. 92-
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 19
43 by reference and certifying the adequacy of the addendum to the General Plan
Environmental Impact Report and making findings thereon pursuant to the California
Environmental Quality Act as amended. Motion carried 3-2 by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Miller, MPT/Werner, M/Papen
NOES: COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Harmony
ABSENT: COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
Responding to M/Papen, SC/Montgomery stated that the General Plan can be adopted for
a limited period of time and put on the ballot as to whether it should be continued or
allowed to terminate at that time.
Motion by MPT/Werner to adopt Resolution No. 95-21 adopting the 1995 General Plan,
with the Plan to remain in effect during the remainder of 1995. Motion died for lack of a
second.
Motion by M/Papen, seconded by C/Miller to adopt Resolution No. 95-21: A Resolution
of the City Council of the City of Diamond Bar adopting the 1995 General Plan for the City
of Diamond Bar as amended.
MPT/Werner asked what was the intent with regard to the ballot measure and if the ballot
measure were to fail, what would be the status of the General Plan.
M/Papen suggested adopting the General Plan and directing the City Attorney to bring
back options to the Council for discussion at the first meeting in June.
SC/Montgomery explained that the way a ballot measure would be phrased in the analysis
is that it either terminates that day on a vote of the people or it continues. It's called an
"interim ordinance" and then it's put on the ballot for the issue of "should it continue or
not?" and you can phrase it either way. You can say "should ordinance so and so of the
General Plan be continued?" or you can say "should ordinance so and so, General Plan,
be terminated?"
In response to MPT/Werner, M/Papen suggested that the Council wait for a report from
the City Attorney on the options available and the impacts of doing it different ways.
MPT/Werner moved to amend M/Papen's motion with a supplemental provision that
adoption of the General Plan would extend for a period of 13 months from tonight unless
it is voted upon to continue.
M/Papen indicated that she would not accept a substitute motion because the proposal is
not a friendly amendment.
MPT/Werner offered to amend his motion to extend the General Plan for 18 months if the
ballot measure is approved.
MAY 9, 1995 PAGE 20
SC/Montgomery reminded Council that when they indicate 18 months and put the measure
on the ballot and the voters vote against adoption, that's the end of it.
MPT/Werner explained that he meant that between the time it's voted down in November
and the expiration of that 18 month period is the period of time that the Council would then
have to make the corrections.
SC/Montgomery suggested it would be more reasonable to indicate that you're either
adopting this for the next election or not.
M/Papen's motion failed by the following Roll Call vote:
AYES:
COUNCIL MEMBERS - Miller, M/Papen
NOES:
COUNCIL MEMBERS - Ansari, Harmony
ABSTAIN:
COUNCIL MEMBERS - MPT/Werner
ABSENT:
COUNCIL MEMBERS - None
It was moved by MPT/Werner, seconded by C/Miller to continue the Public Hearing for two
weeks.
Following discussion, MPT/Werner and C/Miller amended their motion to continue to the
Public Hearing until the next regular Council meeting on May 16, 1995.
MPT/Werner requested staff to provide more background on some of the topics currently
being discussed so that Council would be in a better position next time.
5. ADJOURNMENT: There being no further business to discuss, the
meeting was adjourned at 10:35 p.m. to Tuesday, May 16, 1995 at 6:30 p.m.
LYNDA BURGESS, City Clerk
ATTEST:
Mayor
Draft
GENERAL PLAN
Revised May 9, 1995
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
CITY COUNCIL
Phyllis E. Papen, Mayor Jay C. Kim (Former Councilmember)
Gary H. Werner, Mayor Pro Tem Paul Horcher (Former Councilmember)
Eileen Ansari, Councilmember Don Nardella (Former Councilmember)
Clair W. Harmony, Councilmember John A. Forbing (Former Councilmember)
Gary E. Miller, Councilmember Dexter MacBride (Former Councilmember)
Terrence L. Belanger, City Manager Robert L. Van Nort (Former City Manager)
Bruce Flamenbaum, Chairman
Bob Huff, Vice Chairman
David Meyer, Commissioner
Franklin Fong, Commissioner
Don Schad, Commissioner
PLANNING COMMISSION
Dexter MacBride (Former Commissioner)
Grace Lin (Former Commissioner)
Lydia Plunk, (Former Commissioner)
Clair W. Harmony (Former Commissioner)
David Schey (Former Commissioner)
Robert Kane (Former Commissioner)
Jack Grothe (Former Commissioner)
Michael Li (Former Commissioner)
1994 GENERAL PLAN ADVISORY COMIWME MEMBERSHIP
Ken Anderson
Bernie Mazur
Nick Anis
Kathleen McCarthy
Bob Arceo
David Meyer
Frank Arciero, Jr.
Peter Mitchell
George Barrett
Kishor M. Naik
Barbara Beach-Courchesne
Steve Nice
Terry Birrell
Debbi Noyes
Martha Bruske
Arthur O'Daly
Todd Chavers
Jim Paul
Haji Dayala
Albert Perez, Jr.
Jan Dabney
Ray Rebeiro
Ron Fitzgerald
Rey Reyes
Edda Gahm
Sherry Rogers
Mike Goldenberg
Don Schad
Don Gravdahl
David Schey
Jack Healy
Sue Sisk
Robert Huff
Wilbur Smith
Greg Hummel
Eric Stone
Jack Istik
Reg Truman
Dorian Johnson
Steven Tye
Steve Johnson
Dan Wildish
Chiman Kotecha
Tom Van Winkle
— Oscar Law
Joyce Leonard
Mayor Gary Werner
Chris Li
Councilwoman Eileen Ansari
Max Maxwell
1990 GENERAL PLAN ADVISORY COMM UME MEMBERSHIP
Karla Adams
Ed Layton
Carole Anderson
Dr. Jui-Kaung Lin
John Bennett
Cartherine Lott
Ross Bilotta
Dexter MacBride
Paul Bordwell
Pat McGinn
Tim Bnmridge
David Meyer
Karen Castleman
Steve Nelson
Todd Chavers
Khanh Nguyen
Noel Cunningham
Victor Ochoa
Jan Dabney
Cindee Quan
Rose Dam
Don Robertson
Bruce Flamenbaum
Don Schad
Art Fritz
Kofi Sefa-Boakye
Gregory Gaffney
Mike Sment
Mike Goldenberg
Eric Stone
Clair Harmony
Donald Taylor
Greg Hummel
Kamal Trivedi
Shally Hsu
Steve Webb
Bob Kane
Ed Yogoobian
Joe Larutta
CITY STAFF
James DeStefano, Community Development Director
Robert L. Searcy, Associate Planner
Ann J. Lungu, Assistant Planner
Marilyn C. Ortiz, Administrative Secretary
CONSULTANTS
Cotton/Beland/Associates, Inc.
Charles Abbott Associates
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL PLAN
INTRODUCTION
A. VISION STATEMENT
The General Plan for the City of Diamond Bar has a major role to play in the future of its residents.
As the "foundation for City public policy", it must be a statement of the hopes and aspirations of its
citizens and should include a shared mental picture or "vision" of our future. This vision of the future
is an important component of the Plan because it serves to communicate the unified intentions of the
community.
The vision must be imaginative since it includes conditions that do not yet exist. But it must also be
practical in order to motivate appropriate action and sustain commitment toward a common direction.
Accordingly, a Vision Statement is useful in the General Plan as a means of defining scope and emphasis
of the Plan. The following Vision Statement is intended to facilitate consensus on overall community
growth and change; and help define key policy issues and resolution strategies.
What are the major components of the Diamond Bar Vision? What do the citizens of Diamond Bar seek
for their community future?
Retention of the tural/counM living community character. There is a strong, long -held
goal among residents to maintain and protect distinctive, physical attributes of Diamond
Bar which make it 'a desirable place in which to live, through a careful balance of
housing, businesses and services, public facilities, and preservation of significant natural
environmental resources.
Preservation of open space resources. Significant privately and publicly owned vacant
areas exist within the boundaries of Diamond Bar and within its Sphere of Influence
(SOI). The preservation of these resources contributes to the goal of retaining the City's
distinctive character and offers educational and recreational opportunities.
Portions of the 3,591 acre Sphere of Influence (SOI) and abutting lands within the City
have been included in Significant Ecological Area 15 by the County of Los Angeles.
SEA 15 is considered to be a major significant ecological asset to the community. The
City will play a proactive role in the preservation of this resource by assuring that
extensive analysis and review precede any changes from its current uses and
possibilities.
Reduction of regional traffic impacts on local streets. Through traffic seriously
encroaches on the City's local streets because of the preexisting inadequate regional
freeway/circulation system. Commuters from neighboring cities make use of City
streets in order to avoid the congested freeway system, to the detriment of local traffic,
with attendant adverse impacts.
The City is committed to a proactive involvement in regional efforts to solve and/or
reduce circulation impacts on the local community. Current plans and programs for
implementation of the Circulation Element are designed to reduce congestion.
Promotion of viable commercial activity. The City will play a proactive role in business
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
Revised May 9, 1995 1
and economic development. Availability of a full range of desired retail goods and
services and production of needed City sales tax revenue will be addressed by an
Economic Resource Strategic Plan.
Provision of well-maintained. attractive housing which accommodates people of all ages,
cultures, occupations and levels of financial status.
• Creation of a community environment which nurtures social, cultural, religious,
educational and recreational opportunities for its citizens.
The constellation of all parts of this Vision should produce and project an identity which is characterized
by a peaceful, safe community which cherishes the rights of its citizens to grow and prosper, to assemble
and interact constructively, to create and protect family life, and to be represented by an effective, caring
and productive City government.
The Diamond Bar Vision Statement recognizes that a strong, viable partnership between its citizens and
elected officials will be necessary to make the General Plan work toward attainment of the Vision. The
"path" to the future will require a mutual commitment.
"The future is not a probable place we are being taken to, but a preferred place we are creating.
The tracks to it are not found and followed, but made by laying and constructing a trail "—Peter
Ellyard, PhD, 1993.
B. PURPOSE
State planning law requires that each city and county adopt a comprehensive, long-term general plan for
the physical development of any lands in its jurisdiction, and for any land outside its boundaries which
bears relation to its land use planning activities. The General Plan must contain a statement of
development policies, as well as diagrams and text that identify objective, principals, standards, and plan
proposals.
Seven elements are mandated by the Government Code:
• land Use • Conservation
• Circulation • Safety
• Housing • Noise
• Open Space
In addition, Section 65303 of the Government Code provides that the plan may include any other
elements which, in the judgment of the legislative body, relate to the physical development of the City.
The combination of two or more mandated elements is permitted. Since many development and
environmental issues are so interrelated, the Diamond Bar General Plan has been organized into five
elements.
Neither the organization or presentation of the elements are placed with implication of priority or order
of importance. Similarly, the listing of goals, objectives, and strategies do not imply priority or -
magnitude of importance.
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
May 5, 1995 2
C. REQUI11 VENTS
Government Code Section 65300 defines the General Plan as a long-term document. By projecting
conditions and needs into the future, the General Plan establishes a basis for evaluating current policy
and providing insight on future policy. State law requires that general plans be comprehensive, internally
consistent, and long-term.
Comprehensive - A General Plan must be a comprehensive planning document,
covering not only the geographic area within the City boundaries, but also the areas
adjacent to the City that bear a reasonable relationship to City planning. Areas outside
of the City limits may include the actual Sphere of Influence, as adopted by the Local
Agency Formation Commission, or may be larger or different areas that create planning
constraints on the City. Not only must the General Plan be comprehensive in terms of
area, it must also address all of the relevant issues that legitimately face the jurisdiction
(issue comprehensiveness).
Internally Consistent - In 1975, the Legislature adopted the "internal consistency"
requirement, which means that all elements of the General Plan are equally important
and must be consistent with one another. In addition, diagrams within the General Plan
must be consistent with the text. If a new element is adopted or a part of the General
Plan is amended, the rest of the plan must be changed wherever inconsistencies result.
Otherwise, there will be confusion regarding community policies and standards.
In addition to internal consistency, the General Plan must be consistent with zoning -
a primary tool in the implementation of the General Plan.
Long -Term - One of the most important guidelines for General Plans is that they
address a broad enough horizon so that their strategies have sufficient time to be
implemented, and so that their vision is to meet the best long-term needs of the
community. However, it is also important to keep the time frame with reasonable
parameters, so the document will not become dated too quickly, and so that its level of
analysis can be more accurate, since the error rate of projections tends to increase
geometrically as time increases.
D. CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER PLANNING PROCESSES
To be an effective guide for future development, the General Plan also must provide a framework for
local development that is consistent with the policies of appropriate Statewide and regional programs and
regulatory agencies. General Plans must comply with all requirements of the California Environmental
Quality Act, as amended. In addition, the following legislation or regulations directly affect Diamond
Bar:
STATEWIDE
Surface Mining and Reclamation Act
Alquist-Priolo Special Study Zones Act
• Sphere of Influence as regulated by the Local Agency Formation Commission
Diamond Bar General PIMI Introduction
3
May 5, 1995
REGIONAL - South Coast Air Quality Management District
South Coast Air Quality Management Plan
REGIONAL - Southern California Association of Governments
Regional Mobility Plan
Growth Management Plan
Regional Housing Needs Assessment
E. COMM LAITY PARTICIPATION
State law requires citizen participation in the planning process. Recognizing the importance of organized
citizen input into the planning process, a 30 -person General Plan Advisory Committee (GPAC) was
established in late 1989 by the City Council. The GPAC represented a diversity of groups within the
Diamond Bar community. At the beginning of the General Plan process, numerous interviews were held
with community leaders to provide input to the GPAC regarding citizen concerns. Approximately three
dozen Public Workshops were held with the GPAC on a regular basis through the initial, formulation
stages of the planning process. Quarterly Newsletters were utilized to update the community on the
progress of the General Plan. In April, 1992, the GPAC concluded its activities and transmitted a Draft
General Plan to the Planning Commission for review. The Planning Commission conducted thirteen
public hearings to receive input and consider the 1992 General Plan. Notices of initial public hearings
were provided via letter, full -display ads in local newspapers, and posters and kiosks were displayed
within the community.
In June, 1992, the Planning Commission forwarded the Draft General Plan to the City Council for review
and adoption. The Council conducted six extensively -noticed public hearings and adopted the General
Plan on July 14, 1992. Following adoption of the 1992 General Plan, a residents' group circulated a
referendum petition which was ultimately qualified. The City Council exercised its option to reconsider
the adoption of the 1992 General Plan and as a result, on March 16, 1993, rescinded its prior resolution
which adopted the Plan.
The City Council then directed the preparation of a broad-based community participation program to
encourage and obtain community involvement and create the 1993 General Plan. An extensive series of
five public workshops (April, May) and nine public hearings (May, June and July) were conducted.
Workshops and public hearings were noticed to the community by means of newspaper ads, posters,
press releases, cable television public service announcements, and direct mailing to approximately 300
persons and organizations. The results of this process were used in formulation of the 1993 General Plan
to accurately reflect the community's consensus of its vision for the future. Subsequent to the adoption
of the 1993 General Plan, a citizens group again presented a referendum petition to the City. The City
Council repealed the 1993 General Plan in December, 1993.
In January, 1994, the City Council assembled the 38 member 1994 GPAC to begin review of the Draft
General Plan. The GPAC was composed of a variety of residents, as well as property owners and
developers with interests within the City, in addition to Mayor Werner and Councilmember Ansari. This
group participated in 14 public meetings and one study session that extended over a six month period.
The GPAC reviewed each element making significant changes, placing greater importance on open space
retention, hillside preservation and improving the quality of life. The results of their deliberations were
forwarded to the Planning Commission for consideration. The Planning Commission conducted
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
May 5, 1995 4
numerous public hearings from July 11 to October 17, 1994. The City Council held public hearings from
November, 1994 to May, 1995 to review and consider the General Plan. Figure 1 describes the
Community Participation Program for the 1995 General Plan.
F. CITY HISTORY
The City of Diamond Bar is located in the southeast corner of Los Angeles County, at the intersection
of Los Angeles, Orange, and San Bernardino Counties. The City is situated at the eastern end of the
East San Gabriel Valley, adjacent to both State Routes 57 and 60, as shown in Figure 2. Diamond Bar
began as "Rancho Los Nogales" (Ranch of the Walnut Trees) after a Spanish land grant in 1840. At its
height, it was one of the largest cattle and walnut ranches in Southern California. Until the mid 20th
Century, this land was alternately combined and divided for various agricultural uses. In 1956, the
Christiana Oil Corporation and the Capital Oil Company, a subsidiary of the Transamerica Corporation,
purchased the Diamond Bar Ranch. A comprehensive development plan was prepared and approved for
the City, making it one of the first master -planned communities in the County.
During the 1960's, suburbanization spread eastward from the Los Angeles basin, stimulating local
housing and population growth as Diamond Bar's open hillsides were replaced by homes. Despite its
initial conception as a master -planned community, Diamond Bar has not developed in an orchestrated
manner. As a result of this development pattern, Diamond Bar today is primarily a residential
community. In March, 1989, local voters voted to incorporate and on April 18, 1989, Diamond Bar
became Los Angeles County's 86th city.
G. MAJOR ISSUES
Planning for Diamond Bar is driven by three overriding issues which have a multitude of implications
on the City's future:
Land use (including open space)
Circulation
The economics of municipal governance
While the following sections briefly describe each of these issues in more detail, it must be remembered
that they are inexorably woven together to form the fabric of the City. The listing of issues is not
intended to imply priorities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
May 5, 1995 5
General Plan
Advisory Committee (GPAQ
Meetings
January January February February March March April
11 25 8 22 8 22 12
May May June June June June June June
10 24 10 14 16 23 28 30
Planning Commission
Nov 29 Jan 9 Jan 16 Jan 24 Jan 31 Fab 6
May 9
May 23
Public Hearings
ryn,
M.
M
25
Am 1
&V a
Aug 15
'Aug 23
Aug 30
Sept 12
Sept 22
Sept 26
0� 17
July 11 .Aly 76 Juiv 18 July
LJ*
Apr 10. 1995
Public Maating
City Council
Public Hearings
Nov 22
Nov 29 Jan 9 Jan 16 Jan 24 Jan 31 Fab 6
May 9
May 23
Feb 13 Fab 16 Feb 23 Feb 28 Mar 6
Adoption of the Figure 1
General Plan City of Diamond Bar
General Plan
Community Participation Program
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
Revised May 9, 1995 6
El 0
1C -j 1
0
•
\
r
1
r
1. Land Use
While much of the City is already developed, there are still substantial vacant parcels of land in the
community and the SOI. Some vacant properties are suitable for development and others should be
preserved for open space because of their significant environmental resource value. Three major sub -
issues affect formulation of land use policy for Diamond Bar. First, economic pressure for development
of vacant land conflicts with the community desire to maintain the quality of the existing environment.
Second, the status of deed and map restrictions affect the development potential of vacant properties..
Resolution of this conflict will require a careful balancing of appropriate development and retention of
open space.
Third, the status of significant environmental resources within SEA 15 (Toner Canyon/Chino Hills
Significant Ecological Area) requires further analysis and definition. As defined by the County of Los
Angeles, it is "a regional, riparian woodland complex". It is part of a three -county regional
environmental system. The Firestone Boy Scout Reservation, Tonner Canyon Road and cattle grazing
have been the only intrusive uses. However, regional circulation studies have considered various
proposals including a "regional bypass roadway" within the SOI which would help resolve local traffic
congestion impacts. Definition of the precise configuration and alignment of that roadway in order to
avoid disruption of sensitive environmental resources requires further study.
2. Circulation
The City's location at the interchange of major east/west and north/south freeways (State Routes 60 and
57) and pre -incorporation decisions effectively limit the City's ability to achieve an efficient circulation
system. While the local circulation system is adequate for ordinary local traffic requirements, the
deficient freeway interchange forces regional commuter traffic onto local streets creating extreme
congestion during peak travel periods. The multiplicity of relevant county and local jurisdictions and
State agencies both challenges and complicates regional planning solutions. Solutions must include
consideration of a full range of options, including improvement of freeway capacity and access,
transportation demand management and sensitively planned and compatible expanded regional arterial
systems. The key to effective solutions is through continued intergovernmental and inter -agency
cooperation.
3. Economics
While Cityhood has brought local control, attendant to that is responsibility for planning for the economic
well being of the City. Short and long term revenue projections are inadequate to support current levels
of municipal services and provision of needed capital improvements. The reasons include limited
opportunities for generation of sales tax; diminishing availability of Federal, State and County funding;
and property tax limitations. Further, the City has an inadequate mix and a limited range of viable retail
uses.
Underlying all proposed responsibilities of government is a fundamental fiscal fact: Virtually all
governmental activity and programs are financed by taxpayer dollars. Whether city, county, regional,
state, or national economic cycles reflect growth and prosperity, or reflect recessive constriction and
depression, the ability of a community and its servant government to pay for services must be a dominant
concern. This General Plan, conceived in a time of regional and state economic recession, recognizes
the need for fiscal prudence and effective, efficient management of the community's resources. The
General Plan is also designed to allow for some prudent, careful future expansion when the area's
economy has improved to warrant change. Such recognition embraces a range of imperatives from fiscal
survival to enhancement of Quality of Life.
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
May 5, 1995 8
H. DOCUMENT CONTENTS
The following elements of the Diamond Bar General Plan have been designed to address the variety of
environmental issues that affect the City.
Diamond Bar State Mandated
General Plan General Plan Elements Issues
Land Use Element Land Use Land Use
Housing Element Housing Housing
Visual Resources
Resource open Space Biological Resources
Management Conservation Park and Recreation
Element- Water Resources
Energy Resources
Solid Waste
Mineral Resources
Agriculture
Safety Geology
Seismicity
Flooding
Public Health Fire Protection
and Safety Element Crime Protection
Emergency Services
Hazardous Materials
Air Quality
Noise Noise
Public Services and City Financing
Facilities Element Economic Development
Circulation
Circulation Element Circulation Trails
Automobile
Bicycle
Equestrian
Aviation
Truck Routes
Public Transit
Railroad
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
May 5, 1995 9
I. GENERAL PLAN FORMAT
The 1995 Diamond Bar Draft General Plan is divided into three documents for ease of reference.
1. Document 1: General Plan
The first document contains the six actual divisions of the General Plan proper, that is, the compilation
of the goals, objectives, and implementation strategies of the Plan. This document contains as
Introduction, and the Land Use, Housing, Resource Management, Public Health and Safety, Public
Services and Facilities, and Circulation Elements.
2. Document 2: Final Environmental Impact Report/Technical Appendices
(Certified 7/14/92) (Includes Mitigation Monitoring Plan)
This document contains the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the General Plan, including the
Notice of Preparation and Responses. The EIR contains the appropriate environmental documentation
for the General Plan as required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) including detailed
analyses of the various impacts of ultimate development in Diamond Bar. This document also contains
all of the technical appendices not specifically related to the EIR, such as noise, air quality, land use
summaries and alternatives, etc. An Addendum to the Final Environmental Impact Report (FEIR) was
prepared on the 1993 revised General Plan. Addendum #2 has been prepared addressing the 1995
General Plan.
3. Document 3: Master Environmental Assessment (adopted 7/14/92)
The Master Environmental Assessment for the City, which provides a comprehensive and consistent
baseline of environmental data from which further (project -specific) environmental analyses can be
performed, was adopted on 7/14/92 and is incorporated by reference as part of the 1995 General Plan.
The organization of the General Plan can thus be visualized as follows:
Document 1
Introduction
Land Use Element
Housing Element
Resource Management Element
Public Health and Safety Element
Public Services and Facilities Element
Circulation Element
Document 2
Environmental Impact Report
Technical Appendices
Document 3
Master Environmental Assessment
Diamond Bar General Plan Introduction
Revised May 9, 1995 10
LAND USE.
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction .................................. I-1
B. Legal Requirements ............................. I-1
C. Existing Conditions ............................. I-1
D. Community Development Issues ..................... I-7
E. Land Use Goals, Objectives, and Strategies ............. I-10
F. Land Use Plan ............................... I-27
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE PAGE
I-1 Existing Land Use .............................. I-6
I-2 Proposed Land Use Map ......................... I-27
I-3 Possible Building Configurations
for 0.25:1 Floor Area Ratio ....................... I-28
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE
PAGE
I-1 City -Wide Existing Land Uses (1993) .................. I-4
I-2
Sphere of Influence Existing Land Uses (1993) ............ I-5
Land Use Development (By Category) ............. I-25
I-3 . .
I-4 Potential Residential and Commerical Growth ............ I-26
1. LAND USE ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
It is the desire of the citizens of Diamond Bar to maintain a rural and country living environment'
Planning for the long-range use of land in the City is like fitting together the pieces of a three-
dimensional jigsaw puzzle. Each "piece" of land has unique opportunities and constraints, but may also
have many needs or conditions that are shared by surrounding pieces, such as utilities, fire protection,
and protection from excessive noise. Each piece must be weighed individually, as well as together with
surrounding pieces as an integrated whole. Finally, all Pieces must be weighed together to assure that
their combined pattern best fulfills the short and long-term needs of the community. The Land Use
Element of the General Plan provides a framework to unify and organize these "pieces" around several
central themes, so that development of remaining open land will enhance these themes and work toward
achievement of the Diamond Bar Vision.
B. LEGAL REQUMEMENTS
California law requires that each city and county prepare and adopt a comprehensive, long term general
plan for its physical development. Government Code Section 65302(a) requires that local general plans
include a land use element as part of the required general plan. This requirement is intended to inure
ion
that communities achieve and maintain a logical land use pattern, as well as standards for Pop
density and development intensity which is consistent with community goals and objectives. Thus, the
land use element has the broadest scope of the general plan elements required by State law.
C. EXISTING CONDITIONS
Diamond Bar is located at .the junction of two major Southern California freeways (57 and 60) in the
southeastern corner of Los Angeles County. Although conceived as one of the first planned communities
in the west, it developed mainly as individual and unrelated detached single family residential tracts, with
a minimal amount of commercial and other non-residential uses.
The City incorporated in 1989, after developing under the jurisdiction of Los Angeles County for almost
30 years. Historical patterns of development under the County have created isolated multi -family areas'
small commercial centers with limited access, and a general fragmentation of uses in the City.
1. Residential Uses
Diamond Bar is comprised of rolling hills and valleys between rapidly urbanizing freeway corridors (west
and north) and the largely undisturbed Sphere of Influence (south). According to the California
Department of Finance, the City has a total of 17,813 dwelling units that presently house a population
of 54,315 residents (1993). The City is primarily residential. Single family detached units represent the
majority of the City's housing stock. Approximately five percent of the single family units are the on
flatter
"rural" residential lots (one acre or more). In general, development densities are greater
portions of the City (west), while larger lots predominate in the hillside areas (east).
Along the 57 and 60 freeway corridors, single family lots are generally under 10,000 square feet -
Diamond Bar eenera► ruin I-1
May 5, 1995
Detached single family developments in these areas have been built at 3-5 dwelling units per acre, which
represents over half of the City's entire housing stock. While single family development predominates,
multifamily projects can be found along Diamond Bar Boulevard, south of Grand Avenue and on Golden
Springs Drive, north of Diamond Bar Boulevard. These developments usually occupy small sites along
major roadways, and are built at 10-20 units per acre. The more dense multi -family projects (16 units
per acre) are older condominiums approved by Los Angeles County prior to incorporation. This western
half of the City generally contains the older housing, built in the 1960s and early 70s. The City also has
apartment complexes of moderate density (10.9-16.7 units per acre), with most located on major arterials
such as Diamond Bar Boulevard.
Typical of most affluent suburban communities in hillside areas; lot size, unit size, and unit price in
Diamond Bar generally increase with the degree of slope. East of Diamond Bar Boulevard, development
density (units/acre) decreases as lot size increases. "The Country Estates", a private gate -guarded
community, contains 638 homes and occupies 855.5 acres along and just west of the ridge separating the
City from Tonner Canyon. Here, lots may be several acres or more in size, depending on the severity
of the slope.
2. Non -Residential Uses
Non-residential uses comprise about 20 percent of the City's land area. Commercial uses occupy
approximately two percent of the City's land area and are mainly located along Diamond Bar Boulevard
and portions of Golden Springs Drive. Office uses occupy approximately 140 acres, with a major 110 -
acre corporate office complex located just east of the southern intersection of the 57 and 60 freeways;
this Gateway Corporate Center is presently less than half completed. Approximately 84 acres of
industrial/business park uses are located along Brea Canyon Road, north of Lycoming Avenue. Parks,
public facilities, open space, and roads occupy the remaining area.
The building areas shown in Tables I-1 and I-2 are for existing commercial, office, and light industrial
uses and were calculated based on representative samples of shopping centers, office parks, and industrial
parks within Diamond Bar. Building area can be estimated based on Floor Area Ratio (FAR), or the
ratio of building area in square feet divided by the total area of the site (in square feet). For example,
a building with 17,500 square feet on a 1 acre site (43,560 square feet) has an FAR of 0.40 (17,500
divided by 43,560). Local leasing companies were contacted to obtain total site and building square
footages. Detailed data on local FARs was not available, because most shopping centers support a
variety of commercial, office, and/or business park uses. However, a selective representative survey of
local centers indicates the following FARs are most applicable to Diamond Bar uses, and can be
considered representative for planning purposes: Commercial = 0.24, Office = 0.38, and Business Park
= 0.32.
Other major non-residential land uses include public facilities which encompass schools (158 acres) and
other government facilities; developed and undeveloped parks (470.8 acres); which includes the Diamond
Bar Golf Course (178 acres). At present, there are 2,757.1 acres of vacant land potentially available for
development and/or preservation. Many of these vacant lands are subject to existing map and deed
restrictions which limit their future development potential, and are separately identified in Figure I-1.
The largest parcel of vacant land is the Tres Hermanos property (approximately SW acres), at the
northeast corner of the City, between Grand Avenue and the Pomona (60) Freeway. Figure I-1 shows
the location of existing land uses within Diamond Bar.
Diamond Bar General Plan Lend Use Element
May 5, 1995 I-2
3. Sphere of Influence
The City of Diamond Bar's Sphere of Influence was first approved by the Los Angeles County Local
Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO) on August 8, 1990, and encompasses 3,591 acres immediately
south of the City limits to the Los Angeles County/Orange County border. This sphere area includes
the middle portion of Tonner Canyon - an undeveloped northeast/southwest trending wooded canyon,
which extends beyond the City's Sphere of Influence into Orange County to the south and San Bernardino
County to the east.
Pursuant to the Cortese/Knox Local Agency Reorganization Act, the Sphere of Influence serves as an
area designated as future area to be annexed to the City. However, until such time as the property is
annexed to the City of Diamond Bar the area remains under the jurisdiction of Los Angeles County.
4. Potential Regional Impacts
State law provides that each city and county may include in a proposed general plan any land outside its
boundaries which bears relation to its land use planning activities. Government Code Section 65303
provides that the General Plan may address other subjects which, in the judgement of the legislative
body, relate to the physical development of the city, noting that "no city ... is an island in the regional
setting".
Areas of potential impact upon the City of Diamond Bar include proposals for development of a Materials
Recovery Facility near the northwest boundary of Diamond Bar; a proposal to locate potable/non-potable
water facilities; an institute of higher education on the Tres Hermans Ranch in Chino Hills and Diamond
Bar; potential development surrounding the new City of Industry Metrolink Station (rail facility) adjacent
to the westerly border of Diamond Bar; potential development of vacant land or hills adjacent to the 57
and 60 freeways and the Union Pacific right-of-way in the City of Industry; potential development of
vacant land south of Brea Canyon Cutoff Road and west of 57 freeway and Brea Canyon Road; and
Diamond Ranch High School in Tres Hermans. These proposals should be carefully monitored by the
City and the City should proactively participate in the planning process where necessary to achieve
General Plan goals.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1"5 I_3
Table I-1
City -Wide ExWing Land Uses (1993)
Source: The Planning Network, 1990; California Department of Finance, 1993 estimate.
I') Includes developed and undeveloped park land (See Table III -1, Resource Management Element)
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995 14
Table I-2
Sphere of Influence Existing Land Uses (1993)
(1) Represents Firestone Boy Scout Camp
Diamond Bar General Plan Lend Use Element
May 5, 1995 1-5
F,RsW�g dentisi Uses
Uses
Acus
Rural/Hillside
Single Family
0
Multi -Family
Mobile Homes
Residential Subtotal
0
E'
1�%umat
:.....
t
Pelt oe
T
..
i�rrut
Reide€al
Toisti
Commercial
Office
Business Park
Public Facilities
1.7
0
0.05
0.05
Parks/Rec(')
3,200
99.95
99.95
Fwy/Major Roads
Non -Residential Subtotal
3,201.7
0
100.0
100.0
Vacant Land
389.3
0
0
0
TOTAL
3,591.0
0.0
100.0
100.0
(Within Sphere of Influence)
(1) Represents Firestone Boy Scout Camp
Diamond Bar General Plan Lend Use Element
May 5, 1995 1-5
1k
I�
D. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ISSUES
The four major land use issues identified in the master Environmental Assessment are: 1) land use mix; 2)
capacities of the natural and man-made environment to accommodate growth; 3) City image; and 4) local
versus regional needs and short-term versus long-term solutions.
1. Land Use Mix
a. Disposition of Remaining Vacant Lands Including, but Not Limited to, a
Determination of Deed and Map Restriction Status.
Determining the status of remaining vacant lands is a major policy decision facing the City. As part of the
General Plan program, an "Open Land Survey" was conducted to identify possible development restrictions
that might have previously been approved by the County. The survey found that various types of notations
and restrictions had been placed by the County on the subdivision maps creating certain identified vacant lands.
In some cases, deed restrictions were imposed to ensure that development would not occur without further
legislative review on vacant lands; however, many other notations and "restrictions" were ambiguous.
ISSUE ANALYSIS. Those lands which have been deed and/or map restricted should be pursued
as public open space. There is a need for examination of original and
existing deed and map restrictions which affect vacant land proposed for
development. Past confusion resulting from Los Angeles County transmittal
of development entitlements should be resolved.
b. Open Space Definition and Preservation
There are different types of undeveloped lands in the City. new include natural undisturbed hillsides, ridges
and canyon bottoms. Man-made open space can range from graded hillsides that appear "natural", to open
space areas which have been or may in the future be subject to deed or subdivision map restrictions which
preclude development. Other open space areas include improved properties such as parks, golf courses,
recreational facilities and cemeteries. This General Plan categorizes these different types of open space areas
into distinct and clearly understood designations.
Presently undisturbed hillsides, ridgelines and canyon bottoms located on privately owned property are
susceptible to future development. Therefore, this General Plan sets forth strategies for land use development
that will preserve significant environmentally sensitive areas through the use of techniques such as transfer of
development rights and clustering.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Open space areas must be given clearly understood and identifiable
designations and preservation strategies must be ident fled.
C. Economics
The City presently has a modest budget with a small operating reserve. Municipal costs generally tend to
increase faster than revenues, and service needs can be expected to increase faster than services can be
provided. Therefore, the City should control service costs while seeking ways to increase City revenues. City
governments have two basic sources of revenue: Local residents and businesses.
As a means of increasing revenues, the City could attempt to increase property tax revenues by establishing
Diamond Bar as an exclusive community. This might be accomplished by significantly lowering allowable
densities on remaining vacant land and encouraging development of remaining vacant lands as gate -guarded
communities. While resale and new houses in the City command fairly high prices (slightly over $300,000),
market research shows that home prices must exceed half a million dollars before property tax revenues
approach municipal costs for service. In addition, after the passage of Proposition 13 in 1978, cities receive
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995
1-7
a much lower proportion of their revenues from local property taxes. Available data also indicates that lower
priced single family dwellings, condominiums, and other attached multi -family housing cost proportionately
more for services than they generate revenues.
A second source of additional revenue to the City is sales taxes generated by existing or new local businesses:
In general, market research shows that retail commercial uses generate significantlymore municipal revenues
as compared to costs. By comparison, business park uses generally "break even", while office uses cost more
to serve than the revenues they produce for a city.
Potential sources of additional revenues for the City would be new or higher user fees, taxes, or service
assessments. There are a variety of such charges available to cities that can be applied to either residents
and/or businesses.
For these reasons, economic factors are closely tied to land use decisions; the amount and variety of non-
residential (especially commercial) uses allowed in the City will largely define its revenue options as it
determines the types of services it can provide. Aside from property taxes and per capita subventions, sales
taxes are often the largest source of municipal revenues. However, the pro rata share of dollars to
municipalities may shift outside of the City's control. It is important for the City to make sound land use
decisions based on the long -berm quality of the living environment, rather than solely on the economic benefits
of unpredictable market trends.
Fundamental marketing strategies that cities typically employ, relative to commercial land, to generate positive
municipal revenues/costs are as follows. Cities can choose to attract low -to middle -range shoppers, or they
may decide to focus on upper -or high-end buyers. Depending on location, cities can also choose between
attracting local buyers, or exploiting more regional shoppers. 'Diamond Bar can target all of these marketing
strategies to maximize its economic return. The City could develop an area with good freeway visibility and
access for high-end specialty commercial and offices uses. These uses could attract local, as well as a
considerable amount of regional shoppers. High-end office uses could also be located nearby to support these
commercial uses. There are also several large shopping centers in the City with good freeway visibility and
access, which can support regional, freeway -serving, or community commercial uses. Smaller shopping
centers located on major streets within the developed portions of Diamond Bar should be oriented mainly for
local use. The City also has the potential to take advantage of regional mid -mange shopping opportunities in
the undeveloped northeastern portion of the City,'along the Pomona Freeway.
ISSUE ANALYSIS. • There is a need to encourage a variety of new or m panded commercial
uses and other non-residential development, as well as investigate other
.funding mechanisms, to help finance City services, in and
amenities.
2. Capabilities Of The Natural And Man -Made Environment
a. Natural Resources
Events of this decade have highlighted our limited regional resources, such as air quality, water, and solid
waste disposal. As a new City, Diamond Bar needs to establish its own position on these environmental issues.
Although the City is largely built out, additional growth could place unacceptable limits on sensitive or scarce
resources or on areas subject to hazards such as flooding (refer to flood hazard maps in MEA).
ISSUE ANALYSIS- There is a need for the City to plan for growth in ways that protect and
conserve natural resources and the environment.
Diamond Bar General Plan I.sud Use Element
May s, 1995 1-8
b. Infrastructure Capabilities
At present, the City has a fairly new infrastructure system and operates its services with a slight surplus of
revenues. However, as the City ages, maintenance and service costs go up faster than municipal revenues
increase. The current mix of land uses within the City is insufficient to adequately fund long-range capital
and operating needs.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to plan now for the anticipated increase in traffic, the
maintenance of existing facilities, fund new facilities, and support future
services to enhance the quality of life in Diamond Bar.
3. City Image
a. Balanced, Residential Community
Although originally intended to be developed as a master -planned community, Diamond Bar has not developed
in an orchestrated manner subject to a master set of covenants, conditions and restrictions. It is, rather, a
more traditional bedroom community, consisting primarily of single-family residential tract development,
punctuated with local commercial businesses and multiple family housing at arterial intersections. Although
the City lacks a "downtown" area which might contribute to a focused image, it has the reputation of a
desirable and attractive place to live, containing many features of a more rural environment. The vision of
the General Plan offers the opportunity to crystallize the image of the community.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to define and promote a City image that reflects the City's
many attributes and its long-term vision.
b. Land Use Compatibility
A major goal of the community is to protect existing neighborhoods and their character. There are outside
pressures on the City to help solve regional traffic problems. At the same time, there are outside pressures
on the City adversely affecting the City due to outside regional development and traffic. In general, housing
densities, types of units, and lot sizes should be maintained in established residential areas. In some cases,
the desire to protect the character of existing neighborhoods may require remedial action to eliminate uses that
are not compatible or that are not appropriate for a specific area.
ISSUE ANALYSIS. ?here is a need to protect the character of existing neighborhoods from
incompatible land uses.
4. Local versus Regional Needs/Short-Term versus Long -Term Solutions
a. Circulation
Diamond Bar presently provides a number of "short cuts" for regional commuters during peak traffic periods
and during periods of local freeway congestion. The City may choose to take appropriate measures to relieve
regional congestion which would ultimately free up local roads for predominately local use. The City of
Diamond Bar should proactively and aggressively work with and lobby adjacent/regional agencies to develop
regional circulation solutions that directly benefit Diamond Bar local access needs. Local community residents
should be given an opportunity for participation in the discussion of these needs and possible solutions.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: ?Here is a need to prevent regional commuter tra„(j'ic from impacting local
traffic and local activities.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May S, Ms I"9
E. LAND USE GOAIS, OBJECTIVES, AND STRATEGIES
'ITIS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE LAND USE ELEMENT To ENSURE THAT THE LAND USES
AND DEVELOPMENTDECISIONS OFDIAMOND BAR MAINTAINAND ENHANCE THE QUALITY
OF LIFE FOR IT'S RESIDENTS. '
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, maintain a mix of land uses which enhance the
quality of life of Diamond Bar residents, providing a balance of development and
preservation of significant open space areas to assure both economic viability and
retention of distinctive natural features of the community.'
Objective 1.1 Establish a land use classification system to guide the public and private use of land within
the City and its Sphere of Influence.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Identify residential land use categories to provide an appropriate range of housing
types for residential development within the City and its Sphere of Influence.
(a) The maximum gross density of Rural Residential (RR) will be 1.0
dwelling unit per gross acre (1 dulac) or less, depending upon the
establishment of a slope density ordinance.
(b) Designate existing developed single family detached residential parcels as
Low Density Residential (RL) on the Land Use Map. The maximum
density of such Low Density Residential parcels will be 3.0 dwelling units
per gross acre (3.0 du/ac), or existing density, whichever is greater.
(c) Designate existing single family detached subdivisions as Low Medium
Residential (RLM) on the Land Use Map. The maximum density of Low
Medium Residential areas will be 5.0 dwelling units per gross acre (5.0
du/ac), or existing density, whichever is greater.
(d) Designate existing planned townhome, condominium, apartment, mobile
home, and other multiple family residential properties as Medium Density
Residential RM) on the Land Use Map. Maintain a maximum density of .
12.0 dwelling units per gross acre (12 du/ac) within these areas.
(e) Designate existing, and planned townhome, condominium, apartment, and
other multiple family residential properties as Medium High Residential
(RW on the Land Use Map. Maintain a maximum density of 16.0
dwelling units per gross acre (16 du/sc) within these arms.
(f) Designate existing and proposed high density condominium and apartment
developments and other high density properties as High Density
Residential (RM on the Land Use Map. Maintain a maximum density of
20.0 dwelling units per gross acre (20 du/ac) within these areas.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995 I--10
_ (g) Develop a slope density ordinance which shall be applied to all land use
designations in the City. Such slope density shall reduce the number of
dwelling units otherwise designated for the property as a function of
average slope of the land in question in excess of 25 percent. Average
slope is defined as follows:
I = Contour interval in feet
Slope = 0.002296 I L L = Summation of length of all
A contours in feet
A = Area in acres of parcel
considered
1.1.2 Ensure that the land use classification system provides adequate separation and
buffering of less active residential uses from more intense land uses, major streets,
and highways.
1.1.3 Identify commercial land use categories to provide for a range of retail and service
uses to serve City needs and to guide development within the City and its Sphere
of Influence.
(a) Encourage active pursuit of commercial development in Gateway Corporate
Center as a means of increasing City revenues.
(b) Establish General Commercial (C) areas to provide for regional, freeway -
oriented, and/or community retail and service commercial uses.
Development of General Commercial areas will maintain a floor area ratio
(FAR) between 0.25 and 1.00.
(c) Designate Commercial Office (CO) land use areas on diverse, mixed us
commercial retail, office and service properties. Development within
Commercial Office areas will maintain an FAR between 0.25 and 1.00.
(d) Designate Professional Office (OP) areas to provide for the establishment
of office -based working environments for general, professional, and
administrative offices, as well as support uses. Development within
Professional Office areas will maintain an FAR between 0.25 and 1.00.
1.1.4 Areas designated Light Industrial (I) on the General Plan Land Use Map are to
provide for light industrial, research and development, and office -based industrial
firms seeking a pleasant and attractive working environment, as well as for business
support services, and commercial uses requiring more land area than is available in
General Commercial or Commercial Office areas. These areas will maintain a
maximum floor area ratio of 0.25 to 1.00.
1.1.5 The Public Facilities (PF) designation is designed to identify existing or potential
(future) sites for necessary public facilities or infrastructure improvements. The
primary purpose of land designated as Public Facilities, is to provide area for the
conduct of public and institutionalactivities, such as public schools, parks and water
facilities, including but not necessarily limited to local, State, and Federal agencies,
special districts, and both public and private utilities. These uses maintain
development standards which do not exceed that of the most restrictive adjacent
designation.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-11
1.1.6 Areas - designated as Open Space (OS) provide recreational opportunities+
preservation of scenic and environmental values, protection of resources (water
reclamation and conservation), protection of public safety and preservation of animal
life. This designation also includes lands which may have been restricted to open
space by map restriction, deed (dedication, condition, covenant and/or restriction),
by an Open Space Easement pursuant to California Government Code (CGC),
Section 51070 et seq. and Section 64499 et seq. This designation carries with it a
maximum development potential of one single family unit per existing Parcel, unless
construction was previously restricted or prohibited on such properties by the
County of Los Angeles.
1.1.7 Provide Park (PK) designations for existing and future public parks. Designate the
Diamond Bar Country Club as Golf Course (GC). Designate major private
recreational facilities (e.g. Little League ball fields, YMCA) as Private Recreation
(PR). The Private Recreation designation may be applied to lands required to be
set aside for recreational use which have not been dedicated to or accepted by a
public agency, no development may take place on these lands other than open space
uses specifically permitted by the applicable Planned Unit Development and/or deed
restrictions.
1.1. g Encourage the innovative use of land resources and development of a variety of
housing and other development types, provide a means to coordinate the Public and
private provision of services and facilities, and address the unique needs of certain
lands by recognizing a Planned Preservation (PP) designation, in which residential,
commercial, recreational, public facilities, and other land uses may be permitted.
This designation is to be applied to properties which ars generally surrounded by
existing development, and where creative approaches are needed to integraw
land use
proposed development into existing development patterns. dlaa b the
density/intensity on properties designated with a PP designation are governedY
land use designations as described within Strategy 1.6.1 of the Land Use Element.
1.1.9 Encourage the innovative use of land resources and development of a variety
housing and other development types, provide a moans to coordinate the public
private provision of services and facilities, and address the unique nada of certain
lands by recognizing SPecific Plan (SP) overlay designation:
(a) for large scale development ares in which residential, commercial,
recreational, public facilities, and other land uses may be permitted; and,
(b) large acreage property(les) in excess of ten (10) acres that are proposed to
be annexed into the City.
At such time as development might be proposed, require formulation of a specific
plan pursuant to the provisions of Government Code Section 65450 for the Sphere
of Influence area that will protect its unique biological and open space resources,
create fiscal benefits for the City and enhance its Infr2stlucture, while minimizing
future adverse impacts to both the human and natural environment of the City, as
well as the region (see Strategy 1. 1.4 of the Circulation Element).
1.1.10 Within the Agricultural (AG) designation, Permit single family residential at a
maximum density of 1.0 dwelling unit per 2 gross acres (1.0 du/2ac), agricultural
and compatible open space, public facility, and recreation uses (see also Land Use
Element Strategies 1.6.3 and 1.6.4).
Diamond Bar c,enrar rian I-12
Revised May 9, 1995
Objective 1.2 Preserve and maintain the quality of existing residential neighborhoods while offering a
variety of housing opportunities, including mixed land uses.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Maintain a system of identifiable, complementary neighborhoods, providing
neighborhood identity signage, where appropriate, and ensuring that such signage
is well maintained over time.
1.2.2 Maintain the integrity of residential neighborhoods by discouraging through traffic
and preventing the creation of new major roadway connections through existing
residential neighborhoods.
1.2.3 Maintain residential areas which protect natural resources, hillsides, and scenic
areas.
(a) Development in hillside areas should be designed to be compatible with
surrounding natural areas, compatible to the extent practical with
surrounding development, aesthetically pleasing, and provide views from
development, but not at the expense of views of the development.
(b) Earthwork in hillside areas should utilize contour or landform grading.
(c) Minimize grading to retain natural vegetation and topography.
1.2.4 Maintain residential areas which provide for ownership of single family housing and
require that -new development be compatible with the prevailing character of the
surrounding neighborhood.
1.2.5 Enact Development Code Provisions for the development ofsecond units on a
single
the
family parcel. Ensure that the single family character and integrity
of neighborhood be protected and that road, water, and sewer systems are capable of
supporting such development.
1.2.6 Broaden the range of, and encourage innovation in, housing types. Require
developments within all Residential areas to provide amenities such as common
usable, active open space and recreational areas, when possible.
1.2.7 Where consistent with the other provisions of the Diamond Bar General Plan,
encourage the provision of low and moderate cost housing (see also Housing Goals,
objectives, and Strategies in this document).
Objective 1.3 Designate adequate land for retail and service commercial, professional services, and other
revenue generating uses in sufficient quantity to meet the City's steeds.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Designate such lands for commercial use as are necessary to minimize sales tax
leakage out of Diamond Bar and to capture the City's fair share of sales tax
revenue.
(a) Identify retail needs which are not being met in the community.
(b) Define and implement an economic development program to attract needed
I-13
May 5, 1995
commercial uses to the City.
1.3.2 Encourage the development of businesses that take advantage of locations visible
from the freeway, where appropriate.
1.3.3 Encourage neighborhood serving retail and service commercial uses.
(a) Typical uses in the Commercial Office category include uses such as
general retail, specialty retail, markets, food and drug stores, commercial
services, restaurants, automotive repair and service, hardware and home
improvement centers, recreation, professional and business offices,
financial institutions, medical offices, and real estate offices.
1.3.4 Encourage the retention, rehabilitation, refurbishment, and/or expansion of existing
business establishments. Residentially compatible home occupations when
consistent with other provisions of the General Plan and Development Code should
be allowed subject to standards enacted to protect the privacy and residential
character of the neighborhood.
1.3.5 Encourage revenue generating uses in locations that serve the City's needs.
(a) Professional Office areas are to provide for the establishment of office -
based working environments for general, professional, and administrative
offices, as well as necessary support uses.
(b) The Gateway Corporate Center in particular offers large lots with a
capacity for multi -story buildings, and is designed to take advantage of
unique locations with good freeway access, as well as access to
miscellaneous support uses. Buildings adjacent to the freeways along
Gateway Center Drive and Bridgegate Drive should have a maximum of
six (6) stories. Buildings along Copley Drive and Valley Vista Drive
should have a maximum of eight (8) stories. Trees native to the area
should be used to obstruct unsightly views.
1.3.6 Encourage consolidation of individual lots into a coordinated project; encourage
provision of enhanced amenities such as public art, plaza areas, open space and
landscaping, and pedestrian facilities in excess of required minimums; or provision
of housing within a mixed use project.
1.3.7 Undertake programs to target revitalizationof existing commercial uses and selected
new retail uses needed to expand the range of goods and services available to local
residents and to generate needed sales tax revenue.
Objective 1.4 Designate adequate land for educational, cultural, recreational, and public service activities
to meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Ensure that land owned and purchased for public use by public agencies is
designated on the Land Use Map for public purposes. Specific uses within the
Public Facilities category, as shown on the Land Use Map include water facilities,
fire stations, schools, parks, libraries, and similar facilities.
1.4.2 Promote joint development and use of pains and open space facilities with adjacent
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995 I-14
jurisdictions; promote development of joint school/park sites and public amenities.
1.4.3 When a public agency determines that land it owns is no longer needed, ensure that
the property is offered to other agencies, including the City of Diamond Bar, for
public uses, prior to conversion to private sector use.
1.4.4 Designate and pursue acquisition of a centralized site for use as a civic/multi-
purpose community center.
1.4.5 Pursue development of major joint use recreation and meeting facilities as part of
educational facility development.
1.4.6 Work with Tres Hermans property owner(s) to incorporate, where appropriate,
educational/cultural, recreational and public services to include arterial highway
access to future schools.
1.4.7 Work with neighboring jurisdictions and other agencies in the coordination and
designation of educational, cultural and recreational plans to include arterial
highway access to future schools.
Objective 1.5 Maintain a feeling of open space within the community by identiing and preserving an
adequate amount of open land
Strategies:
1.5.1 Develop an Open Space program which will identify and preserve open space land
and rank its importance consistent with community needs, objectives and financial
capability. As part of the Slope Density Scale Ordinance, develop a formula for the
preservation of open space.
1.5.2 On all applications for subdivision and development approval, require the
submission of a title report or other acceptable documentation of deed and map
restrictions.
1.5.3 Land designated as Open Space by deed (dedication, condition, covenant and/or
restriction), by open space easement (CGC Section 51070 et seq.) or by nap
restriction (explicit or previous subdivision) must comply with an established review
and decision malvng process prior to the recision, termination, abandonment and/or
removal of an open space dedication easement and/or restriction.
(a) Vacant land which deed is burdened by an open space dedication,
condition, covenant and/or restriction shall be required to be subject to the
abandonment process substantially similar to that which is set forth in CGC
Section 51090 et seq.
(b) Vacant land which is burdened by an open space easement pursuant to
CGC Section 51070 et seq. shall be required to be subject to the
abandonment process set forth in CGC 51090 at seq.
(c) Vacant land which is burdened by an explicit open space designation
_ delineated upon a map which was the result of a previous subdivision
approval shall be required to be subjected to at least one public hearing
before the City Council prior to any action to remove said restriction.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-15
1.5.4 Vacant land and/or existing residential lots burdened by map restrictions which
delineate limitations or prohibitions related to building construction allowable
residential units, or other such non open space restrictions, shall be required to be
subject to a process established by the City Council prior to removal of such
restrictions.
(a) Vacant land burdened by non open space restrictions shall be required to
be subjected to at least one public hearing before the City Council before
any action can be taken to remove any such restrictions.
(b) Existing residential lots that are burdened by non open space map
restrictions shall be required to be subject to a process established by the
City Council prior to removal of any such restrictions.
1.5.5 Obtain Open Space land through feasible acquisition and management techniques
such as:
(a) Acquisition of land for parks and natural area conservation through a
process of entitlement review and density transfer among land uses of like
designation and entitlements review.
(b) Investigation of a bond issue for purchase of open space areas not already
protected by open space restrictions.
(c) Establishment of lighting and landscape districts for open space
improvements and maintenance.
(d) Through the entitlement process where the landowner/developer would
agree to sell at less than -market value or dedicate property in exchange for
development rights.
1.5.6 To preserve significant environmental resources within proposed developments,
allow clustering or transferring of all or part of the development potential of the
entire site to a portion of the site, thus preserving the resources as open space, and
mandating the dedication of those resources to the City or a conservancy.
Objective 1.6 Consistent with the Vision Statement, provide fledbility in the planning of new development
as a means of encouraging superior land use by means such as open space and public
amenities.
Strategies:
1.6.1 A master plan shall be developed for each area of the City designated as Planned
Preservation (PP). The location of each Planned Preservation area is shown on
Figure I-2. Descriptions of each area and the contemplated land use designations
are defined as follows:
(a) Planned Preservation Area 1
PP -1 is located within the incorporated City south of the Pomona Freeway
west of Chino Hills Parkway. This 800± acre vacant area is part of the
larger Tres Hermans Ranch property spanning Grand Avenue, including
property within the City of Chino Hills. Facilities appropriate for this site
Diamond Bar Genwal Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-16
should be designed based upon a vision for the future and not merely
extend the patterns of the past. Such facilities may include a high school
and other educational institutions, reservoir for practical and aesthetic
purposes, commercial developments which are not typical of those found
in the area and •a variety of residential, churches, institutional and other
uses which are complimentary to the overall objective of having a master
planned area. Development within the Tres Hermanos area should be
designed so as to be a part of the Diamond Bar community as well as
compatible with adjacent lands.
(b) planned Preservation Area 2
PP -2 is comprised of approximately 400 vacant acres located in two non-
contiguous areas. Sub -Area A consists of approximately 325 acres located
east of Diamond Bar Boulevard, north of Grand Avenue, south of Gold
Rush Drive, at the terminus of Highcrest Drive. Sub -Area B consists of
approximately 75 acres located east of Pantera Park. Appropriate land
uses for this 400 ± acre non-contiguous area include a maximum of 130
single family detached residential dwelling units concentrated along the
anticipated extension of Highcrest Drive, a minimum of 75 percent of the
total 400 acre area set aside as dedicated open space. A two acre area
located at the southeast corner of Diamond Bar Boulevard and Gold Rush
Drive should be developed for public facility or commercial uses. In order
to minimize environmental impacts and maximize clustering, residential
lots shall range in size from 6,000 to 10,000 square feet.
(c) Planned Preservation Area 3
PP -3 located south of Grand Avenue and east of Golden Springs Drive
incorporates approximately 75 acres of developed and undeveloped land.
Appropriate land now for this multiple ownership area include mixed use
commercial retail and office professional uses. The maximum intensity of
development for this planned preservation area is an FAR of 1.00.
(d) Planned Preservation Area 4
PP -4 consists of 82 vacant acres and is located west of Brea Canyon Road,
north of Peaceful Hills Road and south of South Pointe Middle School.
Land uses appropriate for this planned preservation area includes
commercial, park, .public facilities and open space. A minimum of 30
percent of the site will be set aside as open space, not including parkland.
The most sensitive portion of the site shall be retained in permanent open
space. The site plan shall incorporate the planning and site preparation to
accommodate the development of Larkstone Park of a suitable size and
location to serve the neighborhood as approved by the City.
(e) Planned Preservation Area 5
PP -5 is comprised of a vacant 27 acre parcel of land located near the
intersection of Brea Canyon Road and Diamond Bar Boulevard. Land uses
appropriate for this site include a maximum of five (5) single family
detached residential dwelling units per acre. Clustering of development is
encouraged. Other appropriate land uses may include public facilites,
commercial offices, and general commercial.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-17
1.6.2 Require that Planned Preservation projects provide a greater level of community
amenities and cohesiveness, achieve superior land use, and create a more desirable
living environment than could be achieved through conventional subdivision design
and requirements.
1.6.3 Designate the following larger properties as future Specific Plan (SP) areas. This
designation is an overlay to the base land use category providing for mixed use
projects in the fudge subject to approval of a Specific Plan consistent with
Government Code Section 65450. The issues to be addressed and the type and
maximum intensity of development within the future Specific Plan area is defined
below.
(a) Specific Plan Area 1
SP -1 incorporates the Sphere of Influence area. This 3600 acre multiple ownership
area contains unique biological and open apace resources. The formulation of a
future Specific Plan should incorporate provisions to protect existing resources while
minimizing future adverse impacts to both the human and natural environment of
the City, as well as the region (see Strategy 1. 1.4 of the Circulation Element).
1.6.4 Encourage clustering within the most developable portions of project sites to
preserve open space and/or other natural resources. Such development should be
located to coordinate with long-term plans for active parks, passive (open space)
parks, and preserve natural open space areas.
(a) Encourage offers to dedicate additional open space land to the Qty or a
conservancy.
1.6.5 Where feasible within now developments, encourage a mixture of complementary
development types (e.g. commercial, residential, recreational, sales tax and
employment -generating uses) which can be provided in an integrated manner.
GOAL 2 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, manage land use with respect to the location,
density and intensity, and quality of development. Maintain consistency with the
capabilities of the City and special districts to provide essential services which achieve
sustainable use of environmental and manmade resources. -
Objective 2.1 Promote land use patterns and intensities which are consistent with the Resource Management
Element and Circulation Element.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Ensure that planning programs and individual development projects within and
affecting the City recognize, and are sensitive to, environmental resource
limitations.
(a) Prior to approving new development or the intensification of existing
development within the City of Diamond Bar, ensure that the
environmental consequences of the proposed action have been recognized
and Properly addressed.
(b) When reviewing plans and development projects referred to the City by
adjacent jurisdictions, insist that there be a recognition and appropriate
mitigation of the environmental consequences of the proposed action.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-18
2.1.2 Ensure that new development utilizes feasible contemporary technologies to reduce
energy and water consumption, generation of solid and hazardous wastes, and air
and water pollutant emissions.
2.1.3 Ensure that time -specific issues are evaluated as part of the review of new
development and intensification of existing development. For example, when
deemed appropriate by the City, require prior to approval that biological
assts be prepared through the seasonal cycle of plants and migration of
wildlife for a period of not less than one year.
Objective 2.2 Maintain an organized pattern of land use which minimizes conflicts between adjacent land
uses.
Strategies:
2.2.1 Require that new developments be compatible with surrounding land uses.
2.2.2 Prohibit the development of adjacent land uses with significantly different
intensities, or that have operating characteristics which could create nuisances along
a common boundary, unless an effective buffer can be created.
2.2.3 Where land uses of significantly different intensity or use are planned adjacent to
each other, ensure that individual site designs and operations are managed in such
a manner as to avoid the creation of nuisances and hazards.
2.2.4 Require that new developments be designed so as to respect the views of existing
developments; provide view corridors which are oriented toward existing or
proposed community amenities, such as a park, open space, or natural features. As
part of the Development Code, adopt clear standards to identify the extent to which
views can, and will, be protected from impacts by new development and
intensification of existing development.
Objective 2.3 Ensure that future development occurs only when consistent with the availability and
adequacy ofpublic services and facilities.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Through the environmental and development review processes, ensure that adequate
services, facilities, and infrastructure are available to support each development.
2.3.2 Require new development to pay its fair share of the public facilities and off-site
improvements needed to serve the proposed use.
GOAL 3 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, maintain recognition within Diamond Bar and
the surrounding region as being a community with a well planned and aesthetically
pleasing physical environment. "
Objective 3.1 Create visual points of interest as a means of highlighting community identity.
Strategies:
3.1.1 Develop and locate City entry monuments, highlightingkey community entry points
and open space areas to identify Diamond Bar to local and commuter traffic.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May S, 1995 I-19
3.1.2 Where feasible and appropriate, add areas for landscaping, such as in medians or
by widening parkways within the primary arterial roadway system, as a means of
traffic control, providing pedestrian amenities, and as an aesthetic feature for the
community.
3.1.3 Pursue the establishment and expansion of landscape maintenance districts as a
means of ensuring the ongoing maintenance of medians and community entry
statements, as well as maintenance of landscaping of hillsides along major
roadways.
3.1.4 Consider a program to place public art at prominent locations throughout the City
of Diamond Bar.
3.1.5 Encourage the provision and maintenance of neighborhood identification signage.
Objective 3.2 Ensure that new development, and intensication of existing development, yields a pleasant
• living, working, or shopping environment, and attracts interest of residents, workers,
shoppers, and visitors as the result of consistent exemplary design.
Strategies:
3.2.1 Within the urban residential portions of the City, require the incorporation of open
space and recreational areas into the design of new projects. Within topographically
rugged and rural areas, emphasize the preservation of natural landforms and
vegetation.
3.2.2 Require in the Development Code that setbacks from streets and adjacent properties
relate to the scale of the structure as well as the size of the street right -Of -WAY -
Require that building setbacks along roadways be varied so as to avoid a
monotonous street some.
3.2.3 Minimize the use of block walls unless they aro needed for a specific screening,
safety, or sound attenuation purpose. Where feasible, provide instead a wide open
area with informal clusters of trees, defined by split rail, wrought iron, or similar
open fencing. Where construction of a solid wall which will be visible along a
public street is necessary, provide landscaping such ae trees, shrubs, or vines to
break the visual monotony, and soften the appearance of the wall, and to reduce
glare, heat, or reflection. When solid walls currently exist along the primary
roadway system, and it is possible to retrofit landscape screens, establish a funding
mechanism for the construction of such screens.
3.2.4 Enhance pedestrian activity within residential, commercial, office, and light
industrial arras.
(a) Ensure that non-residential facilities are oriented to the pedestrian, by the
incorporation of senting areas, courtyards, landscaping, and similar
measures.
(b) Utilize "sheet furniture" (decorative planters, bike racks, benches) to
create and enhance urban open spaces.
(c) Design commercial and office projects so as to have a central place, main
focus, or feature. -
(d) Utilize varied building setbacks and staggered elevations to create plaza
-
Diamond Bar Genwal Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995 I-20
like areas which attract pedestrians, whenever possible.
3.2.5 Require that automobile service facilities and commercial loading areas be oriented
away from the street frontage and from residential edges wherever possible to
minimi�n. sight and sound impacts.
3.2.6 Where the rear or sides of commercial, office, or other non-residential buildings
will be visible within a residential neighborhood, ensure that the visible elevations
will be treated in such a manner as to provide a pleasing appearance.
3.2.7 Ensure that commercial developments are designed with a precise concept for
adequate signage, including provisions for sign placement and number, as well as
sign scale in relationship to the building, landscaping, and readability as an integral
part of the signage concept. Ensure that signs are integrated into the overall site
and architectural design theme of commercial developments.
3.2.8 In conjunction with area utility companies, pursue a program of undergrounding
overhead utility lines.
3.2.9 Include within the Development Code requirements for the size and quantity of trees
to be planted within new development and intensification of existing development.
3.2.10 New development shall comply with the City's Hillside Management Ordinance.
3.2.11 In Rural Residential (RR) minimize right-of-way width to the extent feasible.
Objective 3.3 Protect the visual quality and character of remaining natural areas, and ensure that hillside
development does not create unsafe conditions.
Strategies:
3.3.1 Balance the retention of the natural environment with its conversion to urban forms.
3.3.2 Promote incorporation of hillside features into project designs.
3.3.3 As part of the Development Code, maintain hillside development regulations that
are sensitive to natural contours and land forms.
3.3.4 Limit grading to the minimum necessary.
3.3.5 Require that all manufactured slopes be landscaped and that, where practical,
landform grading and planting techniques be implemented in the construction of
manufactured slopes.
(a) Foliage used in planting palettes should be drought tolerant, fire resistant,
and have colors similar to those of native materials in the surrounding
area.
(b) Within landform graded slopes, plants should be grouped within swale
areas to more closely reflect natural conditions.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May S, 1995 I-21
GOAL 4 'Consistent with the Vision Statement, encourage long-term and regional perspectives
in local land use decisions, but not at the expense of the Quality of We for Diamond
Bar residents. -
Objective 4.1 Promote and cooperate in efforts to provide reasonable regional land use and
transportation/circulation planning programs.
Strategies:
4.1.1 Take a proactive role to coordinate Diamond Bar's land use plan with those of
surrounding cities and other agencies.
4.1.2 Consider the potential impacts of proposed Diamond Bar developments on
neighboring jurisdictions as part of the development review process. Notify
neighboring jurisdictions when considering changes to the City's existing land use
pattern.
4.1.3 Monitor the progress of major regional developments; cooperate with appropriate
City, County, State, and Regional organizations to achieve maximum interactionand
coopeiration; participate fullY in relevant regional development patterns.
4.1.4 Encourage coordination with adjacent cities and other agencies to hobby the State
and Federal government on regional issues which affect the City of Diamond Bar.
4.1.5 Monitor and evaluate potential impacts upon the City of Diamond Bar, of major
proposed adjacent, local, and regional developments, in order to anticipate land use,
circulation, and economic impacts and related developmental patterns of the City of
Diamond Bar.
4.1.6 Relate major regional impacts to planning action which might be required to
safeguard the best interests and Quality of Life of the City of Diamond Bar.
Objective 4.2 Maintain City boundaries which are reasonable in terms of edsting service capabilities, social
and economic interdependencies, citizen desires, and City revenues and expenditures.
Strategies:
4.2.1 Seek annexation of those areas which have primary access through Diamond Bar
and whose residents and businesses are most logically served by the City.
4.2.2 Consider annexation of additional areas west of the City boundaries including
expansion of the adopted Sphere of Influence, where the following findings can be
made:
(a) Compatibility exists with the goals and desires of the people and the City
of Diamond Bar;
(b) The proposed annexation is consistent with goals and objectives of the
General Plan;
(c) Significant benefits will be derived by the City and affected property
owners/residents upon annexation;
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
May 5, 1995 I-22
(d) There exists a significant social and economic interdependence and
- interaction between the City of Diamond Bar and the area Proposed
annexation.
F. LAND USE PLAN
The Land Use Plan describes the extent of future development in Diamond Bar and identifies standards and that development. The geographic locations of land uses are presented in the Land Use Map, Figure I_2' n
the standards for development and resulting General plan buildout are presented in the General Plan Land Use
Table I-3. Table I4 presents a summary of potential residential and commercial growth under the General
Plan.
1. Land Use Designations
Land use designations are necessary to identify the type of development that is allowed in a given location.
While terms such as "residential", "commercial", and "industrial" are generally understood, State general pian
law requires a clear and concise description of the land use categories shown on the Land Use Map.
The City of Diamond Bar Land Use Element provides for 18 land use designations. General Plan land use
categories are defined above in Section E -Land Use Goal, Objectives and Strategies. Strategy 1.1.1 outlines
residential land use and includes five classifications ranging from rural residential to high density residential
use. Strategies 1.1.3 and 1. 1.4 define commercial land uses for a range of retail and service uses including
general commercial, commercial office, professional office, and light industrial. Strategies 1.1.5 through
1.1.10 describe other land use categories including public facilities, open space, park, planned development,
agriculture/specific plan, and agricultural. The Land Use Plan Development Capacity Summary Table I-3
illustrates these classifications, each of which has a residential density or a land use intensity. Additional non-
- residential land use categories include public facilities, conservation open space, park, golf course, private
recreation, and planned preservation.
2. Land Use Intensity/Density
The Element uses certain terminology to describe the land use designations. The term "density" refers to
residential uses and to the population and development capacity of residential land. Density is described in
terms of dwelling units per gross acre of land (du/ac). For example, 50 dwelling units occupying 20 acres
of land is 5.0 du/ac.
The land use designations, or categories, in this Element are described in terms of intensity and density. The
term "intensity" which applies to non-residential uses, refers to the extent of development on a parcel of land
or on a lot. It includes the total building square footage, building height, the floor area ratio, and/or the
percent of lot coverage. Intensity is often used to describe non-residential development levels, but in a broader
sense, intensity is used to express overall levels of both residential and non-residential development types. In
this Element, floor area ratio and building square footage are used as measures of non-residential development
intensity.
Floor Area Ratio (FAR) represents the ratio between the total gross floor area of all buildings on a lot and the
total area of that lot. To determine FAR, divide gross floor area of all buildings on a lot by the land area of
that lot. For example, Figure I-3 illustrates at a 10,000 square foot building on a 40,000 square foot
that lot
yields an FAR of 0.25:1. The FAR controls the intensity of use on a lot. A 0.25:1 FAR can yield a building
of one story in height which covers one-half of the lot area, or a taller building which covers less of the lot
and provides for more open space around the building.
State General Plan law requires that the Land Use Element indicate the maximum densities and intensities
permitted within the Land Use Plan. The land use designations shown on the Land Use Map are described
litamona Isar ascuara. i .a.. I-23
Revised May 9, 1995
in detail in this Element. Strategies 1.1.1 through 1.1.10 describe each land use designation shown on the
Land Use Map and provides a corresponding indication of maximum density or intensity of developments.
Maximum allowable development on individual parcels of land is governed by these measures of density or
intensity. Table I-3 identifies the acreage dedicated to each land use category. Table I-4 presents the overall
future development in Diamond Bar under General Plan buildout. Average residential densities are 100 % of
the maximum permitted density. Average commercial/industrial FARs are based on existing development
patterns. For various reasons, many parcels in the community have not been developed to their maximum
density or intensity and, in the future, maximum development as described in this Element can be expected
to occur only on a limited number of parcels. Development at an intensity or density between the expected
and maximum levels can occur only where projects offer exceptional design quality, important public amenities
or benefits, or other factors that promote important goals and policies of the General Plan. For the residential
land use designations, projects are expected to build to a density at last as high as the lowest density allowed
by their respective designations.
I-24
May 5, 1995
GENERAL PLAN LAND USE (BY CATEGORY)
Subtotal 5,884 5,884
NOR -Residential Designations
C General Commercial
(.25 ..1 FAR)
Gross Acres
172
CO Commercial/
Permitted Density/
in the City
Gross
Total Gross
Office
Intensity
Acres In
Acres
Land Use Designations
(.25 - 1 FAR)
168
Sphere
168
Residential Designations
(.25 - 1 FAR)
93
93
RR Rural Residential
(1 ac/du)
1,452
1,452
RL Low Density Residential
(up to 3 du/ac)
3,089
3,089
RLM Low -Medium Residential
(up to 5 du/ac)
805
go
RM Medium Density
(up to 12 du/ac)
275
275
Residential
401
401
RMH Medium High Residential
(up to 16 du/sc)
197
197
RH High Density Residential
(up to 20 du/ac)
66
66
Subtotal 5,884 5,884
NOR -Residential Designations
C General Commercial
(.25 ..1 FAR)
172
172
CO Commercial/
(.25 - 1 FAR)
63
63
Office
OP Professional Office
(.25 - 1 FAR)
168
168
I Light Industrial
(.25 - 1 FAR)
93
93
Subtotal
496
496
Mized Use Designations
PP Planned Preservation
(see text)
PP -1
800
800
PP -2
401
401
PP -3
55
55
PP -4
82
82
PP -5
Z7
27
Subtotal
1,365
1,365
Other Designations(')
PF Public Fatalities
W Water
19
2
21
F Fire
1
1
S School
265
265
PK Park
158
158
GC Golf Course
178
178
OS Open Space
518
518
PR Private Recreation
15
15
AG Agriculture
Idu 12 ac
0
3,589
3,589
Fwy/Major Roads
694
684
Total 11 9,583 1 3,591 1 13,174
(a) No F.A.R. or potential square footage hat been identified for these quasi -public and recreational land use categories due
to the wide range of uses permitted (e.g., civic center, schools, etc.) and because buildings are often part of large open
space areas such as golf courses.
Diamond Bar General Plan Land Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 I-25
TABLE I-4
POTENTIAL RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL GROWTH
Land Use
Existine
Units/Sq. .
otential
Additional
ExAncted
Total
lation at
neral Plan
C
Units/Sq. Ft.
Development
Buildout
Residential
City
17,813 DUSM
1,166 DUSM
18,979
58 000
Sphere
0
1,800 DUS(3)
1,800
5',5000)
Sq. Ft.(2)
1,550,000 Sq.Ft. (`)
7,415,000
Commercial/5,865,000
Industrial
(1) 1993 Dept. of Finance
rn The Planning Network, 1990
rn Residential Densities on Vacant Land ane assumed at 100% of the maximum permitted density. Includes projects currently
under construction (7/94)
sus
Based
o average �t intensities consistent with current development pattems on vacant land. Includes projects
ndzuetion
(s) Population based on 3.19 persons per household at a 4.5% vacancy rate.
Diamond Bar General Plan Laud Use Element
Revised May 9, 1995 1-26
.
r
HOUSING
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction ................................. II -1
B. Citizen Participation ............................ II -2
C. Housing Needs Assessment ....................... II -2
D. Housing Availability ............................ II -12
E. Progress Report ............................... II -23
F. Housing Goals, Objectives, and Strategies .............. II -26
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE PAGE
II -1 Housing Opportunity Areas ....................... II -15
II -2 Environmental and Infrastructure Constraints ............. II -24
II -3 General Locations of Vacant Lands Subject to Development -25
Restrictions.................................11
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE
PAGE
II -1 Diamond Bar Housing Stock ....................... n-3
II -2 Diamond Bar Age Distribution ..................... II -6
II -3 Area Homeless Facilities and Services ................. II -9
11-4 Residential Development Potential During Housing Element Cycle II -14
II. HOUSING ELFMENr
A. INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the Housing Element is to identify local housing problems and needs, relate those needs
to the City's proportionate share of regional housing needs, and to identify measures necessary to
mitigate and alleviate these needs and problems for all economic segments of the community. The key
purpose of this section is to contribute to meeting the State housing goals as stated below:
"The availability of housing is of vital statewide importance, and the early attainment of decent
housing and a suitable living environment for every California family is a priority of the highest
order." (Government Code Section 65581)
The Housing Element is intended to provide residents of the community and local government officials
with a greater understanding of the housing needs in Diamond Bar and to provide guidance to the
decision-making process in all matters relating to housing. In 1%7, housing elements became the third
mandated pad of general plans. During the ensuing 15 years, numerous revisions were made to the
required contents of community housing elements. In 1981, Article 10.6 of the Government Code,
commonly referred to as the Roos Bill, was enacted and now describes the content requirements of local
housing elements. The Housing Element, in complying with the letter and spirit of Article 10.6, must
respond to the three major issues which are listed below:
An assessment of local housing needs and an inventory of local resources and constraints
relevant to meeting those local needs.
A statement(s) of community's goals, quantified objectives, and policies relative to the
maintenance, improvement and development of housing.
A program which sets forth a five-year schedule of actions the local government is
undertaking or intends to undertake to implement the policies and achieve the goals and
objectives of the Housing Element.
In 1977, "Housing Element Guidelines" were published by the State Department of Housing and
Community Development (HCD). The guidelines spelled out not only the detailed content requirements
of housing elements but also gave the HDC a "review and approval" function over this element of the
General Plan. In 1981, the Roos Bill placed the guidelines into statutory language and changed the
HCD's role from "review and approval" to one of "review and comment" on local housing elements.
State law requires an update of local housing elements every five years, so that they contain the most
current version of the Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA), developed by the local Council of
Governments. The RHNA report estimates the total projected need for housing by income category in
the region, then provides the proportionate share each city must provide. For this six -county region, the
Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) is the local Council of Governments for Los
Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, Ventura, and Imperial Counties. SCAG adopted the
RHNA for the 1989-1994 cycle in December 1988, prior to the City of Diamond Bar's incorporation.
In the absence of regional housing needs figures provided by SCAG, this Housing Element relies on
advisory figures provided to the City by the State Department of Housing and Community Development.
The City did not, however, have the same opportunity as communities which received draft RHNA
figures from SCAG to review these figures to ensure consistency with growth projects assumptions
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -1
regarding land which is suitable for development.
Local housing elements generally use population and housing data based either on the regular decennial
federal census, or on updated figures from SCAG or other regional planning groups (such as Los Angeles
County). The City's 1989 Housing Element was prepared prior to release of most of the 1990 census
data for the City. As part of this current (1995) revision to the Element, 1990 census data has been
incorporated where relevant.
After adoption of the General Plan by the City Council, a revised Housing Element will be required by
1996. The 1996 Housing Element will be able to utilize the entire 1990 census and RHNA data for
Diamond Bar, and will be able to monitor progress toward achieving the established five-year goals,
policies, and programs to determine how well they have met the housing needs of the community. In
addition, three separate pieces of reform legislation are currently being proposed which would drastically
modify the content and review process of the Housing Element. H any of these bills become law, the
next Housing Element will need to be substantially revised to conform to its requirements.
The Housing Element is organized to present information according to the following four principal topics,
as outlined in the state housing element guidelines:
• Housing Needs Assessment
• Inventory of Resources and Constraints
• Statement of Goals, Objectives and Policies
• Five -Year Housing Plan
B. CITIZEN PARTICIPATION
Elected officials appointed a 30 -person General Plan Advisory Committee to identify housing issues in
the City as part of the first General Plan. This committee met on a regular basis for over two and one-
half years. All committee meetings were open to the public, and representatives were selected based on
their interests or knowledge on particular local issues, including housing. In addition, the Land Use and
Housing Elements underwent various workshops and hearings, including presentations on housing data
and goals, policies and objectives for housing within. Diamond Bar. As part of the 1995 revision to the
General Plan, the Housing Element was reviewed by a new 38 member GPAC, and underwent additional
refinements based on this group's direction.
C. HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT
The Housing Needs Assessment encompasses the following factors:
Analysis of population and employment trends and documentation of projections and a
quantification of the locality's existing and projected housing needs for all income
levels. Such existing and projected needs include the locality's share of the regional
housing need. (Section 65583(a)(1) of the Government Code)
• Analysis and documentation of household characteristics including level of payment
compared to ability -to -pay, housing characteristics, including overcrowding, and housing
stock condition. (Section 65583(a)(2))
Analysis of special housing needs, such as those of the handicapped, elderly, large
Dimond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 H-2
families, farm workers, and families with female heads of household, and families and
persons in need of emergency shelter. (Section 65583(a)(6))
Analysis of opportunities for energy conservation with respect to residential
development. (Section 65583(a)(7))
1. Earisting and Projected Housing Needs
a. Introduction
This section of the Plan for Housing Element discusses the various factors which induce a demand for
housing. The factors include a review of housing stock characteristics, housing conditions, and regional
housing needs.
b. Housing Stock Characteristics
According to 1993 estimates by the California Department of Finance, Diamond Bar had a total of
17,813 dwelling units and a population of 54,315 residents. The majority (70.5 percent) of diamond
Bar's housing units are single-family detached dwellings. A complete breakdown of housing for the City
in 1993 is shown in Table 11-1. According to the 1990 census, median home value in Diamond Bar was
$272,900. A review of resale house price data from the California Market Data Cooperative (CMDC)
in Diamond Bar indicates an average resale value of $312,324 for 1991 which was up 2.7 percent from
a value of $304,000 for 1990. These figures were compiled from over 500 individual home sales per
year for an average four-bedroom house with approximately 2,000 square feet that was built in 1975.
No local data was available on average sales prices of condominiums or townhomes. The 1990 census
indicates that median rent for the City is $888. A survey showed rental rates in the City from $745 to
$795 for one -bedroom units, from $750 to $915 for two-bedroom units, and from $960 to $1120 for
larger units (Planning Network 1991). The City also has 268 mobile home units in two trailer parks near
Lycoming and Brea Canyon Road. According to Table 11-1, Diamond Bar has a smaller percentage of
mobile homes than the County as a whole.
Table II -1
Diamond Bar Housing Stock 1993
Source: California Department of Finance 1993.
Unincorporated area- January 1, 1993.
2,667 single-family attached and 2,324 multi -family units.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -3
Pmt
a�
Y
Petroent.:
Single Family
218,876
76.2%
12,554
70.5%
Multi -Family
57,370
20.0%
4,991rn
28.0%
Mobile Homes
10,968
3.8%
268
1.5%
TOTAL
287,214
100.0%
17,813
100.0%
Source: California Department of Finance 1993.
Unincorporated area- January 1, 1993.
2,667 single-family attached and 2,324 multi -family units.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -3
C. Housing Conditions/Substandard Units
The term "condition" refers to the physical quality of the housing stock. The quality of individual
housing units or structures may be defined as either sound, deteriorating or dilapidated. Sound housing
is defined as a structure with no major deficiencies, although the structure may require minor
maintenance, painting, and general clean-up. A deteriorated structure is one that contains several
deficiencies such as patched, loose, or missing roofing material, missing or broken windows, wood trim -
or siding worn, weathered or broken, paint cracking or peeling, loose or worn wiring, etc. Lastly,
dilapidated structures contain one or more major structural deficiencies such as loose protective surface
(brick, plaster, wood, siding, etc.), settled porch or roof, weakened structure or inadequate foundation,
obvious deviation from plumbing, extensive damage due to fire, etc. The term housing "improvements"
refer to the "remedial" actions necessary to correct defects in the housing condition such as demolition,
minor repairs, major repairs, and rehabilitation.
Diamond Bar's housing stock is considerably younger than most of the County, with all of its housing
being built after 1960. By comparison, the Los Angeles County General Plan (Housing Element 1987)
indicates that 11.5 percent of units in unincorporated areas were built prior to 1940, and 52.6 percent
were built prior to 1960. Both the City's Code Enforcement Officer and Building Official indicate that
Diamond Bar has very few units that are considered substandard, and all are suitable for rehabilitation.
There is no Census data on substandard units and units in need of rehabilitation or replacement.
However, the Census documents that of the 763 vacant housing units in the City, only three (3), or less
than half of one percent, were boarded up.
d. Regional Housing Needs
State law requires jurisdictions to provide fot their share of regional housing needs. Normally, as part
of the Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA), SCAG determines the five year housing growth
needs by income category for cities within its jurisdiction. Future housing needs reflect the number of
new units needed in a jurisdiction based on households which are expected to reside within the
jurisdiction (future demand), plus an adequate supply of vacant housing to assure mobility and new units
to replace losses. However, because Diamond Bar had not yet incorporated at the last time the estimates
were prepared in 1988, the RHNA did not provide the 1989-1994 estimates for the corporate boundaries
of Diamond Bar. In addition, due to a suspension in State funding, the current housing element cycle
is being extended two years, and SCAG will not be developing the new 1996-2000 RHNA until sometime
in 1995.
In the absence of an assignment of future housing needs by SCAG, the State Department of Housing and
Community Development (HCD) has provided the City with advisory figures for its share of regional
housing needs. However, the City was not afforded the same review/appeal procedure provided to cities
as part of the RHNA process to ensure consistency with local growth projections and to reflect the
presence of constraints to development. While the City can demonstrate adequate sites to fulfill its
regional housing needs as defined by the State, the income distribution reflects that of Los Angeles
County, and does not adjust for the City's income profile when less than 20 percent of households are
low or very low income (source: CHAS Databook). In addition, the rate of growth has been well below
that predicted by the State.
Given these shortcomings, the RHNA developed by the State does not realistically reflect Diamond Bar's
actual future housing needs. However, given the absence of other regional needs figures from SCAG
which can serve for this Housing Element cycle, the City has chosen to adopt the State's figures as its
quantified objective for new construction and can demonstrate adequate sites to meet these needs.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, M5 114
According to the State, housing to accommodate 781 households would need to be added to the City's
June 30, 1989 total households by July 1994 to fulfill the City's share of regional housing needs. (With
the extension of the Housing Element Cycle two additional years, Diamond Bar will have until July 1996
to fulfill its regional share of housing needs.) Based on the distribution of regional income, the State has
further divided these needs among the following four income groups:
City of Diamond Bar
1989-1995 Household Needs by Income Group
Housing Need in Diamond Bar
(by income level)
Source: State Department of Housing and Community
Development, 1994 HUD Income Limits.
2. Household Characteristics
An important factor in determining existing housing need is the affordability of housing. One measure
of housing affordability is the percentage of a household's gross income needed to meet monthly
mortgage payments. A criterion used by the State, SCAG, and HUD to define affordable housing is that
costs should not exceed 30 percent of gross income on housing (either owner -occupied or rental).
According to the 1994 HUD Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) Databook, a total
of 1,649 of the City's lower income (defined by HUD as earning up to 95% median County income)
owner households were spending more than 30% of their income on housing costs, representing only
eleven percent of the City's total ownership households. While only W lower income renter households
were overpaying, this represents 35 percent of the City's total renter households. Approximately half
of these renter households (434) were spending more than 50 percent of their income toward housing
costs. The Housing Element addresses the affordability needs of these lower income renter households
by providing sites for multi -family housing, and program strategies to expand the supply of assisted
housing.
The population of Diamond Bar is a diverse population represented by various minorities. The largest
minority group is Asian at 25 percent, while Latinos represent 21 percent. Demographic data suggests
that the City will remain heterogeneous with similar proportions of minorities. Now, and in the future,
there will be a need to ensure that minorities are not victims of housing discrimination.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 U-5
The age -sex distribution for 1990 in Diamond Bar was very even with 26,663 males and 27,009 females.
By age -group, 28.6 percent of the City's residents are under the age of 18, while 9.9 percent are within
the 18-24 age bracket. People between the ages of 25-44 make up 38.2 percent, while 10.5 percent of
the City's residents are over 55 years of age (as shown in Table 1I-2).
It is important for planning social services and housing in the City over the next two decades to analyze
the population of these four age groups. The substantial percentage of persons under the age of 18 and
between the ages of 2544 suggest the presence of many young families with children in the City. The
25-44 age group is also the range in which most households are formed.
It is also important to note the percentage of the City's population that is within the 18-24 age group.
This represents a component of the population of child bearing age which will require housing in the
future. This age group, coupled with the 25-44 age group, indicates that a combined 48.1 percent of the
City's population is either in, or near to, the household formation age. The City will need to ensure a
future housing stock that will be sufficient to accommodate their needs.
In Diamond Bar as throughout Southern California, there are more females than males in both the 55+
and 65+ age groups. This preponderance of females in the elderly population indicates that females tend
to live longer than males, and is identical to the national trends. In 1990 there were 1,963 households
in the City with one person.
Table H-2
Diamond Bar Age Distribution
.............::........:...t
....
...`..:::
:...... ::....:;....
:..
, iuml....
0 - 5
3,421
10.9%
5,056
9.4%
6- 13
5,154
16.4%
6,912
12.9%
14-17
2,532
8.0%
3,357
6.3%
18-20
1,459
4.6%
2,471
4.6%
21-24
1,666
5.3%
2,870
5.3%
25-34
7,014
22.3%
9,352
17.4%
35-44
5,381
17.1%
11,121
20.8%
45-54
2,853
9.1%
6,895
12.8%
55-64
1,378
4.4%
3,367
6.3%
65 +
624
2.0%
2,271
4.2%
Total
31,482
100.0%
53,672
100.0%
Median Age
27.5
31.9
Source: 1980 Census and 1990 Census.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II"6
3. Special Housing Needs
Certain segments of the population may have more difficulty in finding decent affordable housing due
to special circumstances. These "special needs" groups include the elderly, disabled persons, large
families/overcrowded households, female -headed households, persons in need of emergency shelter
(homeless), and farm workers.
a. Elderly Households
Many senior citizens have fixed incomes and experience financial difficulty in coping with rising housing
costs. The financial capacity for coping with increased housing costs depends heavily on tenure; that is,
the owner or renter status of the elderly households. With infrequent and small increases in income and
potentially large increases in housing and maintenance costs, both the senior renter and owner are at a
continuing disadvantage. In addition, seniors often need specially designed types and locations for
housing due to physical and other constraints.
According to the 1994 comprehensive Housing Affordability (CHAS) Databook, a total of 88 elderly
renter households and 916 elderly owner households resided in Diamond Bar in 1990, representing six
percent of the City's total households. The majority of the City's elderly do not require financial
assistance to obtain adequate housing due to accumulated wealth, passive income, and home equity.
However, 63 of the City's elderly renter households and 234 elderly homeowner households are
identified as spending greater than 30 percent of their income on housing costs, and relative to other
groups in Diamond Bar, exhibit the greatest housing need. The housing needs of the City's elderly will
be addressed through Housing Element strategies to expand the supply of assisted housing for seniors
(Strategies 2.3.2, 2.3.5), and to link in with a shared housing program to match senior homeowners with
seniors in need of rental housing (Strategy 2.3.3).
b. Disabled Persons
Households with one or more members who have physical handicaps sometimes require special design
features in the housing they occupy. Some, but certainly not all, handicapped households also have
housing assistance needs based on limitations to earn adequate income. The proportion of
handicapped/disabled individuals is increasing nationwide due to overall increased longevity and lower
fatality rates. The 1990 census documents a total of 3,448 persons with a work disability and/or mobility
or self-care limitation, representing 6.4 percent of the population. Of these 3,448 disabled residents,
1,965 had a work disability.
Housing opportunities for the handicapped can be addressed through the provision of affordable, barrier
free housing. The City enforces the State Uniform Building Code which requires the provision of
handicapped -accessible units in new developments. In addition, the Housing Element sets forth a specific
Strategy (3.2. 1) to offer priority rehabilitation assistance to disabled homeowners for unit modifications
to improve accessibility.
C. Large Families/Overcrowded Households
Large families are identified in State housing law as a group with special housing needs based on the
limited availability of adequately sized affordable housing units in many communities. Large households
are often of lower income, frequently resulting in the overcrowding of smaller dwelling units and in turn
accelerating unit deterioration.
The 1990 Census reports 2,870 households with five or more members in Diamond Bar, representing
17 percent of the City's total households. The CHAS Databook documents that only 205 of the City's
Diamond Bar General Pian Housing Element
May s, 1995 H-7
large households are renters overpaying for housing costs.
While large families traditionally experience housing needs related to their lower incomes, large family
households in Diamond Bar are predominately upper income, and are adequately housed in the City's
larger single-family homes.
Overcrowding is defined as housing units with 1.01 or more persons per room. According to the 1990
Census, the incidence of overcrowding in Diamond Bar was minimal with 5.8 percent, or 992 households
defined as overcrowded.
d. Female -Beaded Households
Single -parent households require special consideration and assistance because of their greater need for
day care, health care, and other facilities. Female -headed households with children in particular tend
to have lower incomes, thus limiting housing availability for this group. In 1990, Diamond Bar had an
estimated 1,394 female householder families, representing nearly ten percent of the City's family
households. Of these, only 92 households had incomes which fell below the poverty level. Nearly two-
thirds (865 households) of the City's female households had related children under the age of eighteen.
Housing opportunities for female -headed households are addressed through overall programs to increase
the supply of affordable housing, and for the provision of affordable childcare.
e. Persons in Need of Emergency Shelter: Homeless
There are many social, economic, and physical conditions which have combined to increase the homeless
population throughout the State of California. In September 1984, the Governor signed Assembly Bill
2579, adding "families and persons in the need of emergency shelter" to the special needs groups to be
considered in each jurisdiction's housing element.
1990 Census data indicates there are no homeless persons either in shelters or in "street locations" in
Diamond Bar. Larry Luter with the Walnut Sheriff s Office questioned the officers assigned to Diamond
Bar to determine if they were aware of any homeless persons living within the City; the officers indicated
that they knew of no homeless persons or families within Diamond Bar. Interviews with the directors
of the local homeless shelters did not provide any evidence that homeless persons exist in Diamond Bar.
Part of this reason is the City's suburban location and absence of transit facilities and urban public spaces
which might attract homeless individuals or families. Income and wealth characteristics of Diamond Bar
residents indicate that residents have financial and other resources to draw on in the event of emergencies
that could otherwise precipitate a housing crisis.
While Diamond Bar does not currently have a homeless population, the City will coordinate with and
direct any homeless to local social service providers in the future. A variety of facilities provide services
to the homeless or to people who are at risk of becoming homeless, including battered women and low
income families. A list of the facilities and types of services available are described in Table II -3.
Diamond Bar General Plan housing Element
May 5, Ms U4
TABLE 11-3
AREA HOMELESS FACILITIES & SERVICES
Pomona Valley Shelter Singles with children, 8 EMERGENCY SHELTER
Program (Our House Shelter), families and single families (30 -day), clothing, case
Pomona women management, child care &
job preparation training.
Limited rental & utility
assistance.
Pomona Neighborhood Any 170+ EMERGENCY SHELTER
Center, Inc., Pomona for single men and women
during cold/ wet weather
program (Nov. to March)
House of Ruth, Claremont
Homeless/Ec:onomi-
20
EMERGENCY SHELTER
tally disadvantaged,
Food, individual and group
battered women and
counseling, emergency
their children
transportation, legal and
social advocacy, and 24-hour
hotline services, includes job/
rental info.
Dept. of Social Services
Anyone with
None
Homeless assistance is
Aid to Family w/ Dependent
dependent children
$30/night, 16 days
Children, Pomona
maximum.
Beta Center (PVCC Program)
Open to persons at or
7 day emergency food supply
below poverty line
for each family member,
avg. 2,000 persons
served/month
Catholic Charities
Low income families
Provide shelter, vouchers
Brother Miguel
food and referrals.
Center of Pomona
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 II -9
TABLE 11-3
AREA HOMELESS FACILITIES & SERVICES
(Continued)
LSW
..!*W
..' ....
Chicano Service Action
Families or single
12
EMERGENCY SHELTER
Center, Chicano Family
women
food, clothing, furniture, and
Services, Pomona
job training
Women's dt Family Crisis
Homeless/battered
32 each
SHELTERS ARE IN LOS
Center Social Services,
women
in two
ANGELES. Referral
Pomona
shelters
services, counseling, medical
assistance, food and
transportation.
Bienvenidos Children Center,
Children 3 years or .
46
EMERGENCY SHELTER
Inc., West Covina
younger who are
Low in Altadena
victims of abuse/
neglect or abandon-
ment
Y.W.C.A., Wings Shelter,
Battered Women and
32
Shelter, food, and counseling
West Covina
children
services
Source: CottonAkland/Associstes,March 1995
There are several emergency and transitional shelters located in the Diamond Bar area. The Pomona
Valley Shelter Program ("Our House") is located in Pomona and has capacity to house 8 families.
According to the director, the shelter does not maintain a waiting list and is always full (Joyce Ewing
1991). This is also one of the few shelters in the region that takes families. The second shelter is the
"Neighborhood Center", which utilizes the National Guard Armory in Pomona and is opened during cold
or inclement weather, usually during November to February. The largest number of persons it has
accepted is 170, but it has capacity for more. The Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department will
transport homeless individuals to the Armory in cold weather. The closest shelter in Los Angeles County
is operated by the Gospel Mission of America in Rowland Heights. ,This facility is for single men only
and has 30 spaces; it also is full year-round.
The County also provides financial assistance for homeless persons to utilize hotel rooms on a temporary
basis; this program is presently being administered by the Salvation Army.
f. Farmworkers
There are no farmworkers known to be living within the City of Diamond Bar as there are no active
farms in or near the City. The 1990 census indicates 146 of the City's residents are employed in
"Agriculture, Forestry or Fisheries" representing less than 0.3% of the population. The Los Angeles
County Agricultural Commission, the California Department of Employment and Economic Development,
the Agricultural Employer's Labor Board, University of California Agricultural Extension Program, and
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 11-10
the California Farm Advisor were all contacted to determine if there was any data on the location of farm
workers; all of these agencies indicated they did not keep such statistics. The local Sheriffs Office was
also contacted to determine if patrol officers knew of any itinerant individuals or farmworkers living
within Diamond Bar; again, the officers knew of no persons or families that could be so characterized.
The demand for housing generated by farmworkers is thus estimated to be nominal and can be addressed
through overall programs for affordability.
4. Preservation of Assisted Housing
Government Code Sections 65583 (a)(8) and (c)(6) require all housing analyses and programs to address
the potential conversion of existing, assisted housing developments to non -low-income housing use during
the next ten-year period. State law requires the following:
• An inventory of restricted low income housing projects in the City and their potential for
conversion;
• An analysis of the costs of preserving and/or replacing the units "at risk" and a comparison
of these costs;
• An analysis of the organizational and financial resources available for preserving and/or
replacing the units "at risk"; and
• Programs for preserving the "at risk" units.
Based on a series of inventories, no low income housing units in Diamond Bar are at risk of converting
to market rate housing between July 1, 1991 and July 1, 2001. This inventory included all multi -family
rental units assisted under federal, state, and/or local programs, including HUD programs, state and local
bond programs, redevelopment programs, and local in -lieu fees, inclusionary, density bonus, or direct
assistance programs. The inventory also covered all units that are eligible to change to non -low income
housing uses due to termination of subsidy contract, mortgage prepayment, or expiring use restrictions.
The inventory was compiled by interviews with City staff and review of "Inventory of Federally
Subsidized Low -Income Rental Units at Risk of Conversion" (California Housing Partnership
Corporation), and "The Use of Housing Revenue Bond Proceeds - 1990", (California Debt Advisory
Commission).
The City does contain a 146 -unit senior housing project ("seasons" - formerly "Heritage Park
Apartments") financed under the Los Angeles County multi -family mortgage revenue bond program.
Under this program, developers are provided preferential financing for new construction in exchange for
restricting 20 percent of the units in a project for low-income use. Projects developed prior to the 1986
Tax Reform Act are required to maintain affordability controls for a minimum of ten years. Projects
built after this time must restrict units for 15 years.
"Seasons" Apartments was developed in 1988 and is owned by The Corporate Fund for Housing, a non-
profit development corporation. The project owners have entered into a 40 -year agreement with the Los
Angeles County Housing Authority to maintain affordability controls on the 30 low income units (20%
of the 149 units). Because "Seasons" Apartments is owned by a non-profit organization, the long -term -
affordability of the project is virtually assured.
5. Energy Conservation
An analysis of opportunities for energy conservation with respect to residential development is required
by Section 65583 (a)(T) of the Government Code. According to the Department of Housing and
Community Development:
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 11-11
"The purpose of this analysis is to show that the locality has to consider how energy
conservation might be achieved in residential development and how energy conservation
requirements may contribute to the affordability of units.
Following are examples of local policies, plans, and development standards that have been
successful in reducing energy costs or consumption:
• promotion of compact, higher density, and infill development;
• the active, constrictive enforcement by local building officials of existing state residential
energy conservation standards;
• standards for street widths, landscaping of streets and parking lots to reduce heat loss or
provide shade; and
• standards for energy efficient retrofits to be met prior to resale of homes."
Diamond Bar enforces the State's energy conservation regulations on all new dwelling units. Special
attention to energy conservation opportunities also will be given to any large-scale residential
developments that may be proposed in the future, and the rehabilitation of existing units. The Energy
section of the Plan for Resource Conservation should be referred to for more detail and for relevant
objectives and implementation strategies.
D. HOUSING AVAILABILITY
This section provides an inventory of resources and constraints relevant to addressing Diamond Bar's
housing needs. Under present law, the element must include an inventory of resources and constraints
as follows:
• An inventory of land suitable for residential development, including vacant sites and sites
having potential for redevelopment, and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public
facilities and services to these sites.
• An analysis of potential and actual governmental constraints upon the maintenance,
improvement, or development of housing for all income levels, including land use controls,
building codes and their enforcement, site improvements, fees and other exactions required
of developers, and local processing and permit procedures.
• An analysis of potential and actual non-governmental constraints upon the maintenance,
improvement, or development of housing for all income levels, including the availability of
financing, the price of land and cost of construction.
1. Inventory of Land Suitable for Residential Development
State housing law contains several provisions that pertain to the adequacy of sites to accommodate
housing needs:
• "The housing element shall identify adequate sites for housing, including rental housing,
factory -built housing, and mobilehomes, and shall make adequate provision for the existing
and projected needs of all economic segments of the community."
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -u'
• "An inventory of land suitable for residential development, including vacant sites and sites
having potential for redevelopment, and an analysis of the relationship of zoning and public
facilities and services to these sites."
• "Identification of adequate sites which will be made available through appropriate zoning and
development standards and with public services and facilities needed to facilitate and
encourage the development of a variety of types of housing for all income levels, including
rental housing, factory -built housing, mobilehomes, emergency shelters, and transitional
housing in order to meet the community's housing goals."
Table 11-4 presents an inventory of land suitable for residential development, and Figure U-1 illustrates
the location of potential residential sites. The City's Land Use Element provides for a total of 1,166
additional dwelling unit, ranging in density from rural residential at up to one unit per acre, to high
density housing at up to 20 units per acre. The majority of remaining vacant properties in Diamond Bar
are characterized by a variety of environmental constraints, including steep slopes, geotechnical hazards,
and flood plains, or are not adequately served by infrastructure, and have been designated for lower
density development. A total of 451 acres of land remain available for single-family development in
Diamond Bar, supporting a total of 595 additional dwelling units. In addition, 1,365 acres have been
designated Planned Preservation, providing for an estimated 265 additional dwelling units. Several
properties do remain in the City which are not ridden with development constraints, and are suitable for
multi -family development. A total of 15.7 acres have been designated for Medium -High and High
Density Residential, supporting a total of 306 multi -family dwelling units.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
11-13
Revised May 9, 1995
Table H4
Residential Development Potential
During Housing Element Cycle
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 H-14
Units
Land Use Category
Vacant Land
Developed
Unit Totals
Since 7/89
Acres
DUs
Rural Residential
379
379
30
409
(0.0 -1.0 du/ac)
Low Density Residential
72
216
50
266
(l. l - 3.0 dulac)
Low -Medium Density Residential
0
0
0
0
(3.1 - 5.0 dulw)
Medium Density Residential
0
0
0
0
(5.1 - 12.0 dulac)
Medium High Density Residential
2.2
36
60
96
(12.1 - 16 0 du/ac)
ffigh Density Residential
13.5
270
0
270
(16.1-20.0 dulac)
Planned Preservation
PP -1
800
0
0
0
PP -2
400
130
PP -3
55
0
PP -4
78
0
PP -5
27
135
265
TOTALS
1,827.7
1,166
140
1,306
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 H-14
,.
_
•
f Ir
�
l� �.�.i
11 'F� �� t
— _
J�^a
-
�
The most significant residential development opportunity remaining in the City exists on the 800 acre
Tres Hermans property. The Land Use Element calls for a mixed residential community on this site,
and provides for a mix of housing types and densities subject to preparation of a Planned Development.
The Planned Development mechanism will allow for flexibility in development standards and clustering
of housing beyond that provided for through zoning. It is intended that housing developed within Tres
Hermanos could be built at densities higher than 20 units per acre, providing affordability for the City's
identified share of lower income housing needs. The City of Industry owns the Tres Hermans property,
and has prepared a concept plan for a mixed residential community on the site pursuant to Diamond Bar's
request.
The land within the current City limits that is available for general residential development could yield
an additional 1,331 units. Combined with the 140 units already developed during this planning period,
this potential supply exceeds the projected local nerd figure of 781 dwellings for the 1989 - 1994 time
period, based on the State's determination of the City's housing needs.
a. Residential Land Use Categories
The Diamond Bar Land Use Element provides for a range of residential types and densities through the
following land use categories.
AgrkukVW (1.0 du/2 ac)
Areas designated for Agricultural include the Sphere of Influence.
Rural Residential (0.0 -1.0 dulae)
Areas designated for Rural Residential including hillside area that are suitable for low density residential
areas. These areas are appropriate for rural residential development with a modes amount of open space.
The maximum gross density of Rural Residential will be 1.0 dwelling unit per gross acre (1 du/ac) or
less, depending upon the establishment of a slope density ordinance.
Low Density Residential (1.1- 3.0 dWac)
The Low Density category limits land uses to single family detached residential. The maximum density
within Low Density areas is up to three dwelling units per gross acre (3 du/ac). In Diamond Bar, the
development of second units and attached dwellings behind the primary residential structure is allowed
subject to the provisions of the City's zoning ordinance. In addition, second units and attached
dwellings, which were constructed pursuant to valid permits issued prior to the effective date of this
element are permitted, even if the resulting density of a site would be greater than 3 du/ac.
Low -Medium Density Residential (3.1 - 5.0 dulac)
The Low -Medium Density category limits land uses to smaller lot single family detached residential. The
maximum density within Low -Medium Density areas is up to five dwelling units per gross acre (5 du/ac).
In Diamond Bar, the development of second units and attached dwellings behind the primary residential
structure is allowed subject to the provisions of the City's zoning ordinance. In addition, second units
and attached dwellings, which were constructed pursuant to valid permits issued prior to the effective
date of this element are permitted, even if the resulting density of a site would be greater than 5 du/ac.
Medium Density (5.1-12.0 dWac)
The areas designed Medium Density are committed to multiple family and mobilehome use. Within the
Medium Density category, land uses are limited to attached residential development and mobilehomes.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 199S U-16
The maximum allowable density within Medium Density areas is up to twelve dwelling units per gross
-- acre (12 du/ac).
Medium High Density Residential (12.1-16.0 dulae)
Medium High Density areas have good access to major transportation routes, are in close proximity to
neighborhoods serving commercial facilities, and do not negatively impact low density, single family
residential areas. The maximum density for projects within the Medium High Density Residential
category is up to sixteen dwelling units per gross acre (16 du/ac). Additional density can be achieved
through density bonus provisions.
High Density Residential (161 - 20.0 dulac)
Within the High Density Residential category, land uses are limited to attached residential, subject to
applicable General Plan policies and City of Diamond Bar ordinance provisions. The maximum density
for projects within the High Density Residential category is up to twenty dwelling units per gross acre
(20 du/ac). Additional density can be achieved through density bonus provisions.
Planned Preservation
Within the Specific Plan and Planned Preservation classifications, residential land uses considered to be
appropriate within the City of Diamond Bar, as well as support uses (e.g. open space and recreation,
public facilities, support commercial, employment -generating uses), may be appropriate subject to
applicable General Plan policies and ordinances. Development within area designated Specific Plan or
Planned Preservation are processed through use of a master plan or specific plan pursuant to Government
Code Section 65450, a planned unit development, or similar mechanism. Development intensities within
Specific Plan and Planned Development areas must be consistent with the provisions of the Diamond Bar
General Plan. Specific Plan and Planned Preservation projects must provide a greater level of community
amenities and cohesiveness, achieve superior design, and create a more desirable living environment than
could be achieved through conventional subdivision design and requirements.
2. Governmental Constraints
The State Housing Element Guidelines require that the Housing Element address those public actions
which might constrain the maintenance, improvement, or development of housing. The major constraints
imposed by government are decreasing Federal and State commitments to housing, combined with
increasing demands by Federal and State agencies that local government solve existing and projected
housing problems. In addition, due to reductions in Federal and State support for other programs, there
is an increasing demand on local government to take over funding of programs traditionally funded by
others. Local development standards, fees, and processing time constitute other potential governmental
constraints.
a. Absence of Governmental Funding
The availability of Federal and State funding sources is subject to many limitations. Many types of
governmental assistance are conditioned upon the existence of populations in need of assistance or
housing stock conditions requiring repair or rehabilitation. The limited extent of in -need populations and
deteriorated housing in Diamond Bar renders the City ineligible for many types of assistance.
One source of housing assistance used by many local governments is money derived from redevelopment
project tax increment. By law, 20 percent of the total redevelopment tax increment generated must be
allocated towards increasing and improving the supply of affordable housing in the community. The City
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
Revised May 9, 1995 II -17
of Diamond Bar does not currently have a Redevelopment Agency although the City may evaluate
establishment of a commercial project area in the future. The City's limited financial resources preclude
the use of City General Funds monies for housing assistance. The City of Industry, under SB 1718, is
required to contribute approximately eight or nine million dollars annually to the County Housing
Authority for the construction of low and moderate housing within a five mile radius of the City of
Industry.
The limited availability of Federal, State, and local funding sources for affordable housing in Diamond
Bar during the time frame of this Element, coupled with the high cost of land and construction, act as
a significant constraint to the provision of affordable housing in the City. Private financing of affordable
housing is also unlikely given the topographic and environmental constraints to housing present on
remaining vacant parcels in the City. The Housing Element does include a strategy (2.3.5) to pursue
available State, Federal and private programs to expand housing opportunities.
b. Conflicting Responsibilities of Local Government
The mandate that local governments provide for housing for all economic segments of the community
is but one of many, often conflicting, responsibilities they face. In addition to dealing with issues of
affordable housing and housing rehabilitation, cities must provide municipal services and facilities,
protect the natural environment, ensure a high quality of development and urban design, reflect the
concerns of City residents, and facilitate increases in local employment and sales tax -generating uses.
These responsibilities must be met in an eta of increasingly tight budgets. As a result of State laws
relating to municipal finance, reductions in Federal and State funds for infrastructure and other programs,
and changing public attitudes toward growth, local agencies have had to require that development
internalize many costs which were once subsidized by various public funds. As a result, the cost of
development inevitably increases and the American dream of owning a home becomes more difficult for
those who are not fortunate to already own a home.
c. Development Standards and Land Use Controls
Development standards include zoning ordinances, subdivision ordinances, and building code
requirements. The most far-reaching constraints are those contained in the city's zoning ordinance which
is the most traditional tool used by a local jurisdiction to regulate the use of private land. Zoning
regulates the use; density; floor area; setbacks; parking; and placement and mix of residential,
commercial, and industrial projects to reflect the community's development goals and objectives. Zoning
can reduce the supply of land available for residential development by rezoning residential land for other
uses. Zoning also regulates the intensity of residential land use through minimum lot size requirements.
It is important that the minimum lot size not be too large because this would (a) reduce the potential
supply of housing by limiting the number of units that can be built on a parcel of land, and would (b)
increase the land cost per unit. High land costs may lead to increased construction cost for the
developers.
In Diamond Bar, much of the remaining vacant land is steep or has other physical limitations to
development. While careful engineering and construction can overcome many of these limitations, they
result in higher unit costs and subsequently reduce the affordability of housing built in hillside areas.
Subdivision regulations which govern the division of a parcel of land into two or more smaller parcels
can increase housing construction costs. The requirement that site improvements and amenities such as
landscaping, underground utilities, and landscape maintenance districts be required in a subdivision can
also escalate housing prices.
When analyzing development constraints, it is important to distinguish between those constraints that are
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May s, 1M II -18
excessive and unreasonable, and those designed for a particular purpose. The City, while encouraging
housing, is also concerned about the living environment that is created. Standards for density, height,
setbacks, undergrounding of utilities, and aesthetics are designed to create residential projects and areas
that are functional and aesthetic.
Building codes regulate new construction and substantial rehabilitation. They are designed to ensure that
adequate standards are met to protect against fire, collapse, unsanitary conditions, and safety hazards.
Building costs do not appear to be unduly increased through local building codes. The City has adopted
the State Uniform Building Code which is considered to be the minimum necessary to protect the public
health, safety and welfare.
Upon completion of the General Plan, the City will revise its Development Code. One of the major
reasons for preparing a new code is the ambiguity and delay caused by using the current Los Angeles
County Development Code. The County's regulations are however minimal in comparison with most
incorporated jurisdictions, and serve to minimize development costs. Development standards the City
is currently operating under include the following: (Any modifications to these standards will be
evaluated as part of the City's next Housing Element update in 1996.)
Multi_ fly parking = 1 space for studio and 1 -bedroom units
1.5 spaces for 2 -bedroom units
2-2.5 spaces for 3 + bedroom units
Height = Maximum 35' for multi -family
Open Space — Minimum 10% of unit size
No lot coverage requirements
The City can meet its affordable housing goals with an overall maximum density under the proposed
General Plan, with allowable density bonuses for affordable projects, of a minimum of 25 percent. It
should be noted that most of the largest parcels of vacant land remaining in the City are in hillside areas,
and would be limited due to physical constraints alone. In addition, the City will adopt a policy to allow
higher densities for Will projects that allow seniors, which is an important segment of the affordable
housing need in this area. Several other responses in this document address what types of additional
units will be built and at what income levels.
The major constraint to providing affordable housing on the remaining vacant hillside parcels in Diamond
Bar is that land costs combined with additional cost factors related to hillside developments, render low
cost housing development infeasible. For example, even many single family homes in steep areas, even
those on one acre lots or larger, must have split-level or some type of custom pad and/or foundation to
support them. In addition, higher density housing in steep upland area would have poor site and
circulation access for large numbers of residents.
It is much more realistic and cost effective for the City to plan that the majority of affordable housing
built in Diamond Bar will be built on the Tres Hermans Ranch, where there is sufficient land of modest
topography to make the construction of affordable housing, both single family and detached units. The
City of Diamond Bar believes that the combination of density bonuses, along with use of State and
Federal programs will be sufficient to meet its proportionate share of low and moderate income housing
needs.
d. Development Fees
There are two basic types of fees, those for the processing of development applications (subdivisions,
conditional use permits), and those to pay for the costs associated with new development (dwelling unit,
traffic signals, sewer connections). The City also requires dedication and/or improvements of streets,
Diamond Dar General plan Housing Element
May 5, 1"5 II -19
drainage channels, when new development occurs. Fees for plan check and building permits are
determined based upon the valuation of the structure.
The role that fees play in constraining the production of housing is difficult to measure, although they
can affect housing prices in certain markets. The theory behind fees is that new development should bear
its own costs, and that these costs should be spread as equitably as possible. State law requires that fees
must bear a reasonable relationship to the actual costs incurred by the City, so that they do not becomes
excessive.
Even so, fees may add significantly to the cost of a housing unit, especially in those areas of the City
that are largely undeveloped and require new infrastructure and services to be developed.
Preliminary results of a fee survey conducted by the City of La Puente indicate that Diamond Bar's
development fees are fairly average for cities of similar size (Jacobson 1991). The City of Diamond Bar
also retained the firm of Hogle-Ireland to review development fees. The conclusion of the Hogle-Ireland
study was to confirm that City fees are comparable to those of other cities of similar size. Diamond Bar
charges fees based on the actual cost of permit processing. The current rate is $75 per hour.
e. Processing Time
Before development can occur, it is necessary that certain permits, inspections, and approvals be
obtained. These procedures, although necessary to insure the development is safe and in compliance with
local regulations and building code requirements, can sometimes lead to delays in projects and
subsequently increase costs. Moreover, excessive processing time may act as a constraint on the
production of affordable housing, because it increases carrying costs to the developer for land, financing,
etc.
Development processing time in Diamond Bar is shorter than processing through the County of Los
Angeles. It is estimated that the typical tract map which took 18 months to process through the County
would be processed in approximately 12 months at the City. This is because the local staff is more
knowledgeable of local conditions. Potential causes which may significantly add to the processing time
are constraints due to the unique environmental characteristics of the hillsides, geotechnical concerns,
traffic impacts and concerns for the preservation of the City's remaining natural topography. As a result,
review of hillside development proposals, which constitute a majority of residential applications at
present, is necessarily more complex than processing tracts on flat land, which represented the majority
of projects processed by the County. However, the City shall continue to comply with all provisions of
the State Subdivision Map Act.
f. Public Housing
Article 34 of the California Constitution was adopted as an initiative by the voters in 1951, primarily in
response to the increasing number of Federally -funded, tax exempt public housing projects. These
projects were perceived to have negative social, genomic, and aesthetic effects on local communities.
Article 34 states that before a "state public body" can "develop, construct, or acquire in any manner"
a "low -rent housing project", the local voters must approve the endeavor. All three "factors" must be
present for the referendum to be required.
The Article 34 referendum requirement has often proved to be a psychological or actual barrier to the
development of many forms of assisted low rent housing, particularly those intended for low income
families. Because of the Article's vague language, communities have been reluctant to risk litigation by
entering into the development of public housing for low and moderate income families. While there have
been many successful referendums, failures have not been uncommon. As such, there is a tendency for
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -20
local governments to avoid possible controversy with this type of ballot measure.
3. Non -Governmental Constraints
a. Physical Constraints
Most of the level, easily developable land in Diamond Bar has already been developed, and much of the
remaining land is exposed to a variety of geotechnical and topographic conditions which may constrain
the development of lower priced residential units. In addition, inadequate infrastructure may also Act as
a constraint to residential development. Environmental and infrastructure constraints to development in
Diamond Bar are described in greater detail below, and are mapped in Figure 11-2.
Large portions of Diamond Bar are covered with major hillsides which serve as a significant constraint
to development; Figure H-2 illustrates those areas of the City with slopes greater than 25 percent.
Development on such severely sloped parcels requires modification to the natural terrain which
significantly adds to the cost of development.
In addition to slope constraints, many of the hillsides in Diamond Bar have a potential for landslides.
The stability of a slope is attributed to such factors as the soil type, gradient of the slope (greater than
25 percent particularly), underlying geologic structure, and local drainage patterns. The rolling
topography and composition of local soils throughout Diamond Bar create numerous areas for potential
landslide hazards. Although many historic landslide locations have since been stabilized, there still exist
a number of potential landslide areas along the eastern third of the City, as well as in Tonner Canyon
(Sphere of Influence), illustrated in Figure II -2.
Presently, there are no sewer lines in place in the developed southeastern end of the 1,250 acre
development known as "The Country Estates". The 800 acre Tres Hermans parcel will also require
installation of infrastructure.
While the City's commercial areas are typically less affected by the physical constraints described above,
the major commercial intersections in Diamond Bar are already severely congested and cannot support
trip -intensive land uses such as multi -family residential. Eight intersections in the City currently operate
at Level of Service E or F and experience very poor operating conditions and significant delay; these
intersections are illustrated in Figure II -2. In addition, Diamond Bar is a "Housing rich/jobs poor
community", and needs the limited amount of commercial land designated in the General Plan to maintain
its tax base to serve the residential population.
b. Land and Construction Costs
Land costs include the cost of raw land, site improvements, and all costs associated with obtaining
government approvals. Like most hillside communities, land costs are high in Diamond Bar. In addition
to raw land costs, site improvements contribute to the cost of land, especially for hillside properties with
severe topographic or geologic constraints. Thus, land costs alone can produce a situation where housing
is beyond the financial means of lower income households.
Another major cost associated with the construction of new housing is the cost of building materials,
which can comprise up to 50 percent of the sales price of a new home. Local developers indicated that
good quality Type V single-family construction can cost between $78 to $127 per square foot. Overall
construction costs rose over 30 percent between 1980 and 1990, with the rising cost of energy a
significant factor.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 11-21
A factor related to construction costs is the member of units built at the same time. As the number of
units developed increases, construction costs over the entire development are generally reduced based
on economies of scale. This reduction in costs is of particular benefit when density bonuses are utilized
for the provision of affordable housing.
c. Financing Costs
The cost of permanent mortgage financing for new and existing homes, as well as cost of new residential
construction financing, play a significant role in the affordability of housing. General inflation in the
economy directly and indirectly causes housing prices to increase, which in turn raises finance costs.
As the absolute price of a home increases, it adds to the mortgage amount which results in increases in
the principal, interest, insurance, and taxes a home buyer must pay.
d. Speculation
Speculation in real estate occurs when real estate investors buy housing or land at "low prices" and then
resell it at a much higher value within a short period of time. The problem is particularly acute if
property rapidly changes hands from speculator to speculator. The price the eventual long term owner
or consumer will pay could be highly inflated. Speculation affects not only the individual property, but
the market climate in the area as a whole.
Because there are few statistics available on the rate of property turnover and the profit received from
transactions, the amount of speculative activity and its impact on the City's rising housing costs is not
clearly known at this time.
e. Contractual Constraints
Many open space areas in Diamond Bar were precluded from development as a condition of approval
for the tract. Often, these areas were calculated as the open space requirement for the adjacent
development, and additional densities may have been granted in exchange for retaining these areas as
open space.
Some residential developments in Diamond Bar have formed private homeowner's associations, and have
placed Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (CC&Rs) on open space areas in their tracts, thereby
limiting permitted development. In many instances, the deed restrictions on development in open space
areas were a result of trade-offs to allow greater density in the flatter portions of the residential tract.
Major vacant land areas in Diamond Bar subject to development restrictions are mapped in Figure II -3.
f. Housing Discrimination
As a characteristic of the housing market, discrimination may often present a barrier to providing an
adequate choice of housing for all groups. Discrimination, which may be defined as prejudicial treatment
applied categorically and not on the merit of the individual, takes many forms. Most forms of housing
discrimination are a violation of State and Federal laws, which prohibit discrimination against
homeseekers for reasons of race, religion, national origin, ancestry, color, sex, or marital status. Some
of the types of discrimination encountered are refusal to rent or sell, inflated rents, higher prices,
excessive deposits, unreasonable occupancy standards, limited choice among available units, and poor
maintenance and repair. The target populations subject to discrimination are not limited to racial and
ethnic minorities, but also include recipients of welfare and public assistance, families with young
children, young unmarried persons, and the handicapped.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 U-22
Redlining is also a form of discrimination, wherein home improvement and mortgage loans are not made
available by a lending institution in lower-income or minority neighborhoods. Redlining involves the
use of varying criteria for home financing based upon geographical differences. Often referred to as
"neighborhood disinvestment", redlining practices include outright refusal by a lending institution to
approve home purchase and rehabilitation loans, making loan conditions stricter (e.g., higher down
payment, higher interest rates, higher closing cost), or appraising property below market value or with
more rigid standards than used on comparable property in other neighborhoods. Older declining
neighborhoods with high minority concentrations were often targets of redlining practices in the past.
Redlining results in deterioration of neighborhoods, real estate speculation, and housing abandonment.
Most frequently affected are minorities and low income persons in general.
Despite the fact that redlining is now illegal, this practice is still reported across the country. The
Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) was passed by Congress in 1977 to help eliminate redlining. The
CRA establishes a Congressional mandate that private, Federally -chartered lending institutions must serve
the convenience and credit needs of their surrounding communities. While the enforcement and sanction
provisions of the CRA are relatively weak, it does provide for public disclosure of a lender's
performance in meeting community credit needs through requirements for an annual CRA statement.
Where redlining practices are discovered, a sanction available and suggested for use by SCAG in the
Regional Housing Element is the deposit of municipal funds in local lending institutions contingent upon
acceptable loan performance in older, declining neighborhoods.
Complaints of housing discrimination are handled by the Long Beach Fair Housing Council. The
Council and the Diamond Bar Mediation Center also handles local landlord -tenant disputes within
Diamond Bar, and indicates that there are approximately 1-2 discrimination complaints per month from
residents in Diamond Bar.
E. PROGRESS REPORT
California Government Section 65588(a) provides that each local government shall review its housing
element annually, or as frequently as appropriate, to evaluate the following:
• The appropriateness of the housing goals, objectives, and policies in contributing to the
attainment of the State housing goals
• The effectiveness of the housing element in attainment of the community's housing goals and
objectives
• The progress of the city, county, or city and county, in implementation of the housing
element
Diamond Bar is a new City with no previous Housing Element against which to measure its progress.
Subsequent revisions to this element will evaluate the City's accomplishments in satisfying the housing
goals established in the Element.
Since Diamond Bar's population is now over 50,000, it will be eligible for "entitlement status" under the
Federal Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). This status will allow the City to
receive direct funds from HUD, including Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) monies,
greatly enhancing the City's ability to implement its housing programs.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 11_23
--v- .— CONTAINS HISTORIC LANDSLIDE
r.
- (seas sbda saeq bm been remo•ed by d"dopMM4
CONTAINS SLOPES GREATER MAN 2596
PLAN
SIGNCM AND UNMGNAI=I r I 1-2
VnjMCITONS OPERATING AT LEVEL OF SERVICE F. ='F
SOLMa: City ofDiam°IIdBuMss= Fsn+i= mulAssemt1M Environmental and
Infrastructure Constraints
Diamond Har General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II'24
F. HOUSING GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND STRATEGIES
"ITIS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN THAT MEREBEADEQUATE HOUSING IN THE
QTY, BOTH IN QUALITYAND QUAIVI77Y, TO PROWDEAPPROPRIATESHELTER FOR ALL
WITHOUT DISOUAHNAHON. "
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, the City should provide opportunities for
development of suitable housing to meet the diverse needs of existing and future
residents."
Objective 1.1 Development of an adequate supply of housing to meet Diamond Bar's lousing growth
needs as follows:
Strategies:
1.1.1 Where feasible, consider commercial/office developments which propose a
residential component as part of an overall mixed use concept.
1.1.2 Ensure the City's development standards do not unduly constrain the creation
of affordable housing.
1.1.3 Prepare a public information packet summarizing the City's zoning and
development requirements for residential construction.
1.1.4 Establish a monitoring program which identifies the type and cost of housing
being produced within Diamond Bar, as well as the availability of vacant land
which can be used to accommodate a variety of housing types; produce required
reports to accomplish the programs outlined in this plan for housing that is
affordable to "very low", "low", and "moderate" income households.
1.1.5 To ensure well planned residential growth while meeting the City's housing
responsibilities, review proposed residential projects, Neral Plan amendments,
and changes of zone for their effects on the neighborhood, the City, and
regional housing needs.
Diamond Bareral Plan Housing Element
May S, 1995 U-2.6
1.1.6 Provide timely review of development requests with fees sufficient only to
cover the actual costs (direct and overhead) incurred by the City. In order to
do so, consider changes in case processing such as:
• Computerize case records to allow for automated case tracking
• Schedule case processing timetables to provide reasonable expectations in
processing applications based upon available resources
• Maintain timely review of Eats as required by law
1.1.7 Encourage use of innovative site development and construction materials and
techniques consistent with City ordinances and the UBC to reduce the cost of
site preparation and/or construction and to provide a mix of dwelling unit types.
1.1.8 Comply with California Government Code Section 65915 by providing a
minimum 25 percent density bonus, or equivalent financial incentive, to
residential developers who agree to make a minimum of 20 percent of the units
within the project affordable to households with an income of 80 percent of the
County median income, or make 10 percent of the units within the project
affordable to households with an income of 50 percent of the County median
income, or make 50 percent of the units available exclusively to senior citizens.
1.1.9 Investigate the feasibility of establishing a requirement that ten percent (10%)
of all new housing within proposed housing developments be affordable to very
low, low, or moderate income households or pay an "in lieu" fee to be used by
the City for the provision of housing affordable to very low, low, or moderate
income households. If determined to be feasible, implement the program.
1.1.10 Where the City assists in the development of affordable housing, such as
through density bonuses or other development incentives, provide priority for
occupancy by existing Diamond Bar residents or employees in the community.
1.1.11 Facilitate the provision of single and multiple family dwelling units available
to very low, low, and moderate income households through participation in the
County's Mortgage Revenue Bond Program, issuance of Mortgage Credit
Certificates, and use of other viable economic resources. Encourage private
sector participation in the provision of very low, low, and moderate cost
housing by offering such programs to developers who provide at least 20
percent of the housing units within prices which are affordable to very low,
low, and moderate income households. Advertise the availability of these
programs through periodic placement of ads in the City Newsletter and
placement of program brochures at the public counter.
GOAL 2 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, encourage adequate housing opportunities for all
economic segments of the community, regardless of age, race, ethnic background,
national origin, religion, family size, sex, marital status, physical conditions, or any
other arbitrary factors. "
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 11_27
Objective 2.1 Ensure that the existing supply of low and moderate cost housing within Diamond Bar
does not diminish. Conserve the existing stock of assisted housing:
Strategies:
30 Low Income ("Seasons" Apartments)
18 Very Low Income (Rent Subsidies)
2.1.1 Where proposed development projects or other discretionary actions of the City
of Diamond Bar would reduce the number of existing subsidized dwelling units,
ensure that appropriate offsets are provided as part of the proposed action.
(a) To avoid potential reduction in the supply of rental housing, prepare a
condominium conversion ordinance which would limit the conversion of rental
apartments to condominiums or cooperatives.
(b) Require that all successful conversion applicants provide a relocation assistance
program for displaced tenants, encouraging relocation within the community.
(c) Based on the provisions of Government Code Section 65863.7, consider
requiring the submission of a report detailing the impacts of any proposed
mobilehome park conversion to a non-residential use concurrent with the filing
of any discretionary permit on such property.
(d) Annually assess all affordable or assisted housing units that are considered "at
risk" as delineated in the "Inventory of Federally Subsidized Low -Income
Rental Units at Risk of Conversion (1989)" or other appropriate Federal or
State documents.
(e) Investigate the feasibility of programs to ensure that "for sale" housing which
is subsidized so as to be affordable to very low, low, and moderate income
households remain affordable to those income groups after sale to the first
buyer.
Objective 2.2 Prevent housing discrimination in Diamond Bar.
Strategies:
2.2.1 Continue to distribute information regarding the activities of the City to assist
in the resolution of housing discrimination cases through placement of fair
housing brochures at public places throughout the City and provide referrals to
the Long Beach Fair Housing Council.
2.2.2 Continue to contract with and participate in the activities of the Long Beach
Fair Housing Council as they affect the City of Diamond Bar.
Objective 2.3 Cooperate with regional agencies to provide housing for the elderly, handicapped,
homeless, and other special needs groups.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Promote housing accessibility for elderly, handicapped, and disabled persons.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II'23
2.3.2 Specifically encourage development of assisted rental housing for the elderly,
handicapped, and disabled. Specifically encourage development of such
housing through the use of density bonuses, tax-exempt bonds, and land write-
downs, combined with Federal and State housing subsidies.
2.3.3 Contact Inland Mediation, and other social service providers to pursue senior
home sharing services for Diamond Bar.
2.3.4 Provide information regarding the availability of emergency shelter.
2.3.5 Pursue State, Federal, and private programs designed to expand housing
opportunities for all segments of society including the elderly and the
handicapped. Determine the extent to which such programs are consistent with
the goals and objectives of the Diamond Bar General Plan, and the extent to
which such programs can be incorporated into future development within the
City. A priority will be to pursue entitlement status through HUD and secure
permanent CDBG funding. Programs include but are not limited to:
FEDERAL DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
(HUD)
• Federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) monies for senior
citizen and handicapped housing projects
• Section 202 funding for financing of rental housing projects
• Section 203 insurance for acquisition and rehabilitation financing for single
family homes
• Section 207 rental housing funding
• Section 213 cooperative housing funding
• Section 221 rental and cooperative housing for moderate income families
• Section 223 purchase and refinance of existing rental units
• Section 234 insurance for condominiums
• Section 241 supplemental loan insurance for existing multi -family rental housing
CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT
• Self -Help Housing Program. Technical assistance grants and mortgage
assistance for owner -builder organizations
• Mobilehome Park Assistance Program. Financial and technical assistance to
residents to purchase mobilehome parks
— • California Homeownership Assistance Program. Shared appreciation loans for
manufactured housing or for renters in projects convecting to cooperative or
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 U-29
condominium ownership
• California Housing Rehabilitation Program. Rehabilitation loans from
Proposition 77 to owner occupants of substandard housing, including low
income and rental housing
• Family Housing Demonstration Program. Loan funds for construction or
purchase and rehabilitation of housing that includes support services such as
child care, job training, etc.
• Rental Housing Construction Program. Loan funds to government agencies for
profit and non-profit sponsors of new rental housing projects
• Predevelopment Loan Program. Loans to local government agencies and non-
profit corporations to pay predevelopment costs incurred in developing low
income housing
• Senior Citizens Shared Housing Program. Funds technical assistance to,
matching services for, and development costs of, shared housing for senior
citizens
CALIFORNIA HOUSING FINANCE AGENCY
Resale Program. Below market interest rate mortgage financing for first-time
homebuyers earning less than $40-45,000, depending on family size. The sales
price maximum is presently $113,000
Home Purchase Assistance Program. Presently up to $15,000 deferred payment
with three percent (3 %) simple interest second mortgage loans to lower income
first-time homebuyers
Matching Down Payment Program. Matches first-time homebuyer's down
payment up to $5,000. Loans only to CHFA first-time borrowers. Loans are
due on sale and presently carry three percent (3%) simple interest
LOS ANGELES COUNTY HOUSING AUTHORITY
• Section 8 Existing Certificates. Rental subsidies
• Home Improvement Loan Program. Below market interest rate loans up to
$15,000 for eligible homeowners. Eligible improvements include new roof,
exterior paint, etc. All health and safety violations must be corrected
• Repair Service Program for Senior Homeowners. One-time grant of labor and
materials for eligible homeowners for minor repairs and weatherization and
insulation.
• City of Industry Redevelopment Set -Aside Transfer. An estimated nine million
dollars ($9,000,000.) annually to be made available through the County for
affordable housing new construction, acquisition, rehabilitation, and
preservation. The City will pursue funding through the County as Notice of
Funding Availability (NOFA) is issued
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 11-30
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
If found to be feasible, requirements for provision of "in lieu" funds for
development of housing affordable to low and moderate income households
PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS
Savings Associations Mortgage Company (SAMCO). A statewide organization
supported by stockholder savings institutions to provide financing for affordable
housing projects
California Community Reinvestment Corporation (CCRC). A resource pool
supported by the State's banks to assist in financing affordable housing
2.3.6 Following acquisition of Federal Community Development Block Grant funds
by 1994, designate a Housing Coordinator in the Planning Department to make
applications for various State and Federal Programs. Earmark at least $25,000
annually from various sources toward meeting the housing needs of Diamond
Bar residents.
2.3.7 Work with the Los Angeles County Housing Authority and nearby cities to
establish a continuous emergency shelter program serving the eastern portion
of the County. Funds for homeless shelters available through the McKinney
Act include:
• Emergency Shelter Grants for building acquisition and rehabilitation, rental
assistance, and payment of security deposits
• Section 8 Mod Rehab Assistance for Single Room Occupancy Housing can be
used to rehabilitate a single room occupancy hotel
• Supplemental Assistance for Facilities to Assist the Homeless
• Supportive Housing: The Transitional Housing Program provides funds for
both building rehabilitation and five years of operating funds for transitional
housing programs (3 months to 2 years)
• Permanent Housing for the Handicapped Homeless
• The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Emergency Food and
Shelter Program can provide short-term rental subsidies to prevent eviction,
payment of mortgage to prevent foreclosure, and utility assistance to families
or individuals
2.3.8 As appropriate, encourage the development of child care facilities in
conjunction with new development.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 U-31
GOAL 3 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, preserve and conserve the existing housing stock
and maintain property values and residents' Quality of Life."
Objective 3.1 Maintain and encourage the improvement of the quality and integrity of existing
residential neighborhoods.
Strategies:
3.1.1 Adopt a housing/neighborhood preservation program, including incentive
programs to ensure ongoing maintenance.
3.1.2 Ensure that group housing preserves the quiet, suburban or rural character of
the existing residential neighborhood in which it is located.
3.1.3 Ens ct Development Code provisions to provide for the development of second
units on a single family parcel. Ensure the single family character of the
neighborhood is protected, and that road, water, and sewer systems are capable
of supporting such development.
3.1.4 Determine the feasibility of establishing a Craftsman and Tool Lending
Program, utilizing State funding if necessary.
3.1.5 Enforce City's Property Maintenance Ordinance to maintain the quality of
existing neighborhoods.
Objective 3.2 Eliminate substandard housing by establishing a program to investigate and encourage
the rehabilitation of substandard housing units within Diamond Bar. Achieve the
rehabilitation of 5 very low, 5 low, and 15 moderate income households through the
County's rehabilitation program.
Strategies:
3.2.1 Investigate the availability of funds, including City "in lieu" funds for
establishing a housing rehabilitation program. Offer priority for rehabilitation
assistance to disabled homeowners fnr unit modifications to improve
accessibility.
3.2.2 Establish a program of public information and technical assistance to encourage
the continued maintenance of currently sound housing as neighborhoods age
within the City of Diamond Bar.
3.2.3 Utilize available housing rehabilitation/conservation funds to establish a fund
to assist low and moderate households with painting, minor repairs, and general
maintenance.
3.2.4 Work with the State Franchise Tax Board in order to enforce the provisions of
California Revenue and Taxation Code Sections 17299 and 24436.5 which
prohibit owners of substandard housing from claiming depreciation,
amortization, mortgage interest, and property tax deductions on State income
tax.
Diamond Bar General Plan Housing Element
May 5, 1995 II -32
RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction .................................. III -1
B. Existing Conditions ............................ III -2
C. Resource Management Issues .................... III -7
D. Goals, Objectives, and Implementation Strategies .......... III -9
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE PAGE
III -1 Local Recreational Facilities ....................... III -3
M. RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
Open Space Elements and Conservation Elements were first required to be a part of city and county
General Plans in 1970. Within Diamond Bar, many issues dealing with conservation also overlap issues
related to open space, such as "open space for the preservation of natural resources" and "open space
for the managed production of resources" (State of California General Plan Guidelines). As a result of
this overlap and interdependency, these two General Plan requirements have been combined into a
Resource Management Element, which is permitted under State law.
Diamond Bar recognizes its role as a responsible steward of all lands within its jurisdiction. The
Resource Management Element deals with "open -space land" issues, defined by Section 65560(b) of the
Government Code as "any parcel or area of land or water which is essentially unimproved and devoted
to open space use...". Open space uses encompass four principal categories: Natural resources;
managed production of resources; outdoor recreation; and public health and safety. The fust part of this
Element addresses open space and visual resources, biological resources, and parks and recreation.
The Resource Management Element also establishes strategies for effectively managing local natural
resources to prevent waste, destruction, or neglect. This portion of the General Plan is concerned with
the conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources such as water (including reclaimed
water), energy, and the disposal and reuse of solid wastes. As recommended in state law, agriculture
and mineral resources are two other natural resources that are analyzed.
It is the intent of the Resource Management Element to:
Create and retain an open space system which will conserve natural resources, preserve
scenic beauty, promote a healthy community atmosphere, provide open space for
outdoor recreation, and protect the public safety.
Identify limits on the natural resources needed to support urban and rural development
within the City and its Sphere of Influence, and ensure that those resources are used
wisely and not abused.
Provide a park, recreation and open space system which enhances the livability of urban
and suburban areas by providing parks for residential neighborhoods; preserving
significant natural, scenic, and other open space resources; and meeting the open space
and recreational needs of Diamond Bar residents.
The Resource Management Element is closely related to the Land Use Element since areas designated
for open space must be consistent with designations on the Land Use map. Areas designated as open
space for public health and safety reasons in the Resource Management Element are similarly addressed
in the Public Health and Safety Element.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 III -1
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
1. Open Space and Visual Resources
Diamond Bar is well known as a hillside residential community with outstanding views of natural slopes
and ridgelines. There are a number of undeveloped areas in the City that constitute potential open space
resources. The portion of Tonner Canyon that is within the City's Sphere of Influence offers tremendous
open space opportunities and visual resources.
The natural slopes and ridges have provided a distinctive visual identity to the community's natural and
developed areas.
2. Biological Resources
While Diamond Bar still contains several areas that support native plants and animals, these resources
have undergone considerable transition over the years. The native flora and fauna which once inhabited
the City have been largely eliminated in developed areas. historical agricultural and recent urban
development have removed large areas of natural vegetative cover. Animals that once inhabited the
valley floor have largely been forced into nearby undisturbed area to the southwest, south, southeast,
and east of the City limits.
The City's Sphere of Influence encompasses the middle 3,600 acres of Tonner Canyon, a portion of
which is considered a "Significant Ecological Area" (SEA) by Los Angeles County due to its wealth of
biological resources. This portion of the canyon contains extensive stands of riparian, oak, and walnut
woodland plants, which are considered sensitive and important native plant habitats by the California
Department of Fish and Game. Toner Canyon supports a diverse population of native animals,
including the California ground squirrel, cottontail rabbit, coyote, and deer. The canyon habitat may also
support other animals such as the endangered Stephen's kangaroo rat, several species of mice and
possibly the California gnatcatcher. Numerous birds also utilize this area, including several species of
hawks and owls, which are all protected under California Fish and Game laws. A sensitive species of
pond turtle was also observed in the upper portion of the canyon, although it was just outside the City
limits and Sphere of Influence.
3. Parks and Recreation
There are several existing park and recreation facilities within the City's boundaries that provide active
and passive recreational opportunities to City residents. The City has seven developed parks ranging in
size from 2 acres to 26 acres. The City also has two undeveloped parks and one joint park facility with
Walnut Valley Unified School District. Small athletic fields and playgrounds exist at the eight
elementary and two intermediate schools in the City. More extensive fields and a gymnasium exist at
Diamond Bar High School. These facilities are made available on a limited basis for use by City
recreational programs and by local athletic organizations through short term agreements with the Walnut
Valley Unified School District and the Pomona Unified School District. There are also several quasi -
public and private recreational facilities, including the Diamond Bar golf course, "The Country Estates"
park, YMCA and Little League fields on Sunset Crossing Road. Table III -1 describes local recreational
facilities.
The State and National recreation agencies recommend a minimum of 2 acres of developed active public
parkland and 0.5 acres of undeveloped or passive parklands per 1,000 residents. The City ratio of 1.0
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 ffi"2
TABLE III -1
LOCAL RECREATIONAL FAcu jTiF..q
TABLE III -1
Diamond Bar General Plan
Revised May 9, 1995 Resouce Management Elemev
Hl -
LOCAL RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
Source: Diamond Bar Community Services Department 1995
** privately Owned
piamo Plan Resouce M .ment Eleni=
11
Revised May 9, 195P5
1. Armstrong School
2. Castle Rock School
22750 Beaverhead Drive
2975 Castle Rock Road
8.5
10.6
3. Chaparral Intermediate School
1405 S.Spruce Tree
23.2
4. Diamond Bar High School
2400 E. Pathfinder Road
42.9
5. Diamond Point School
24150 Sunset Crossing
7.0
6. Evergreen School
12450 Evergreen Springs
10.8
7. Golden Springs School
245 Hallen Drive
8.5
8. Lorbeer Middle School
501 S. Diamond Bar Blvd.
17.0
9. Maple Hill School
1309 S. Maple Hill Road
10.5
10. South Pointe Middle School
20671 Larkstone Drive
33.97
11. Walnut Elementary School
841 S. Glenwick
10.8
12. Quail Summit Elementary
23330 Quail Summit Drive
11.1
=_�N
�-M■
■EN0■
INMENE
�-M■
■EN0■
■SME
■EN0■
M
-ME
N
-M.
SOURCE: Walnut Valley Unified School District and Pomona Valley Unified School District - May 1995
Diamond Bar General Plan
Revised May 9, 1995
• • I 32
• • 43
• 87
• 1%
• • 53
• • 50
• • 38
• 51
• • 35
• 98
• • 35
• 48
Resource Management Element
III -5
acres of developed public parkland per 1,000 residents' is under the State and National recreation
agencies recommendation, which will need to be, addressed. The City will need to provide adequate park
acreage and recreation facilities to serve the need of present and future residents.
Currently, within the City there is a total of 478.3 acres of recreational facilities, including 45.4 acres
of developed parkland and 97 acres of undeveloped parkland for a total of 142.4 acres of City owned
park land. Within the City there are quasi -public parkland and/or facilities that may require user fees;
these include the Diamond Bar Golf Course, YMCA and little League fields.
There is also a private parkland and facility which consists of "The Country Estates" park. Only
residents of "The Country Estates" can use the park which consists of 16.4 developed acres and 133.5
undeveloped acres.
The City is located within an hour of several regional recreation and national forest areas such as the
Chino FIills State Park, as well as San Gabriel and San Bernardino National Forests to the north and
northeast, which include the summer and winter resort areas of Big Bear Lake and Lake Arrowhead.
The forests provide outdoor activities as diverse as swimming, boating, hiking, camping, downhill skiing,
and cross country skiing. There are also County recreation facilities available at Schabarum Regional
Park to the west and Bonelli Regional Park to the north (which contains Puddingstone Lake).
Within the City, the 57 Freeway is designated as a proposed State Scenic Ifighway. It extends from the
southwest to the northeast City limits, and includes views of trees, rolling hills, grazing cattle, and snow-
capped mountains.
4. Water Resources
One of the fundamental long-term constraints for both urban and rural development is the availability and
quality of water. As throughout Southern California, water availability has become, and will remain,
a major resource constraint facing Diamond Bar. The strategies for this section focus on the actions
which must be taken to ensure the continuing supply of water needed to support Diamond Bar's future.
A complete discussion of water resources is in the Master Environmental Assessment.
Water is provided to the area by the Three Valleys Municipal Water District but locally distributed
through the Walnut Valley Municipal Water District. Ultimately, almost all local water districts receive
most of their imported water (other than groundwater) from the Metropolitan Water District (MWD).
As a result of the recent six-year Statewide drought, the MWD has restricted local water supplies by 25
percent through the imposition of surcharges on water that was supplied in excess of these levels. A
complete discussion of peak demand water supply requirements is in the Master Environmental
Assessment. A Master Plan of Water is being prepared by the Walnut Valley Water Municipal District
which estimates a buildout population for Diamond Bar of approximately 75,000 residents, which is
higher than the estimated buildout of the City. The degree to which the modest amount of growth
projected by the General Plan can be accommodated by the local water districts will depend on the
regional availability of water.
Only developed public parks are included in this figure. The 1.0 acres per 1,000 population ratio does not
include privately owned recreation facilities or the Diamond Bar Golf Course, and thus includes only the 45.4 acres of
publicly owned parks.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
Revised May 9, 1995 HI -6
5. Energy Resources
The availability of energy resources is a growing societal concern. Urban and suburban land uses within
the City all rely on the availability of a continuing supply of affordable energy resources. However,
recent experience has been that unless society's awareness of the critical nature of energy availability is
increased, significant dislocations in the economy and local quality of life can result. Energy
conservation is not only necessary to the continued functioning of modem society, but provides
immediate benefits to individuals and businesses in utility bill savings and improved air quality.. The
strategies provided in this section propose energy efficient building and land use practices. Many other
actions needed to conserve energy require cooperation with Federal and State agencies, as well as with
public utilities, which have indicated their interest in promoting energy conservation.
6. Solid Waste
Landfill disposal of solid wastes and the conservation of recyclable materials have become important
public concerns by reason of the diminishing capacity of landfill space and growing environmental
problems facing our State. For this reason, the State Legislature passed the California Integrated Waste
Management Act of 1989 (AB939). The Act, also known as Public Resources Code Section 41000 et.
seq., requires each city to prepare, adopt, and implement a Source Reduction and Recycling Element
(SRRE) which identifies how that jurisdiction will divert, through a combination of source reduction,
recycling, and composting programs, 25 percent of solid wastes from landfill disposal by 1995, and 50
percent or the maximum amount feasible by the year 2000.
Since the improper disposal of hazardous wastes poses a more serious risk to the public's health and
threatens the environment in which we live, the Legislature passed AB 2707 (Public Resource Code
Section 47500 et. seq.) which requires each city to prepare a Household Hazardous Waste Element
(IHiWE). The HHWE describes how the City will dispose of hazardous substances like household
cleaners, paints, pesticides, and motor oil.
7. Agriculture
The City of Diamond Bar presently has no important agricultural farmlands according to the California
Department of Conservation, Division of Land Resources Protection, and the Soil Conservation Service
of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. These agencies classify important farmland into six categories
according to soil type: Prime; potential prime; statewide important; locally important; and unique
farmlands. While none of these classifications have been applied to soils in Diamond Bar, the area did
at one time support extensive walnut groves and cattle ranches.
Over the last 30 years, the farm and ranchlands that once typified Diamond Bar have been converted to
urban and suburban uses. Prior to 1900, the production of walnuts and cattle grazing were the primary
agricultural activities within the City. Today, only scattered grazing remains, primarily on the Tres
Hermans property in the northeastern comer of the City. This area contains the "headwaters" of Tonner
Canyon, and the upper portions of this canyon, just south of Tres Hermans and west of Diamond Bar,_
are also grazed periodically. The middle portion of Tonner Canyon, within the City's Sphere of
Influence, supports oil production, as well as the Firestone Boy Scout Reservation, and is not grazed on
a regular basis.
8. Mineral Resources
The City of Diamond Bar does not contain any identified (significant) mineral resources. The State of
California has established four categories of Mineral Resource Zones (MRZs). Most of Diamond Bar
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 1111"7
is considered in MRZ-1, which identifies areas where adequate information indicates no significant
aggregate deposits are present. However, a particular bedrock formation (Puente) underlies scattered
portions of the City. This formation is classified as MRZ-3, which identifies areas that may contain
aggregate mineral deposits but whose significance cannot be evaluated from available data. Based on
available data, development in Diamond Bar will have to import substantial quantities of aggregate
materials anyway, since none of the surrounding area contain extensive deposits.
C. RESOURCE MANAGEWNT ISSUES
1. Open Space and Visual Resources
There are several major vacant hillside or open space areas remaining in the City, which are under
various pressures to develop. The City needs to determine which areas will be preserved and what means
to use to best assure their protection. Portions of these area should be preserved for parks.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to preserve open space within the City and the Sphere
of Influence and to utilize portions of these preserved open spacesfor
parks and recreational uses, where feasible and safe.
2. Biological Resources
The City and its Sphere of Influence contain several areas with significant biological resources. These
areas should be considered for preservation in conjunction with important open space and visual resource
areas. This includes wildlife corridors to prevent isolation, loss of diversity in biological "islands" if
they are out off from larger and more diverse areas, and to maintain a sustainable quality (food, water,
shelter, nesting) habitat.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to protect areas with important biological resources,
both within the City and the Sphere of Influence
3. Parks and Recreation
The City has a variety of recreational facilitiespresently available for local residents. While there are
numerous facilities in the area, some local parks are small or isolated. There are few additional parks
planned for the future. As the City grows, there will be additional demands placed on existing facilities.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to plan for additional parks and recreational facilities
to serve the growing needs of local residents through full utilization of
edsting facilities within City boundaries and within the surrounding
area, additional recreation parklands are necessary to meet the
convruunity needs.
4. water
Water is a scarce and'expensive natural resource. The City already makes use of reclaimed water, and
this source will be depended on more in the future to "free up" potable water for additional domestic use.
The level of additional population growth in the City will be modest, but water may continue to be a
limiting factor in long-range planning.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May S, 1995 1314
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City must work with local water purveyors and landowners to
establish high water quality standards, to encourage water
conservation, preservation of natural springs, increase the use of
reclaimed water and develop additional water resources.
5. Energy
While water is the current resource shortage, there have also been short-term energy (fossil ,fuel)
shortages. In times of increasing population, consumption, and environmental awareness, the efficient
use of energy will continue to be an important aspect of responsible community life. There are many
educational, governmental, and private institutions nearby that are on the cutting edge of energy
technology. The City should avail itself of environmentally safe methods of resource conservation and
encourage testing of new technologies.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should encourage energy conservation and innovation in
energy systems.
6. solid waste
While the disposal of solid waste is a significant problem, recent legislation has several immediate and
specific implications for Diamond Bar. Cities are now required to reduce their production of solid waste
and implement recycling programs, as well as arrange for the disposal of hazardous household materials.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should outline an integrated waste management strategy and
identify programs that will assist the City in minimizing the
environmental impacts of landfill disposal of solid wastes as mandated
by State law.
7. Agriculture
Although Diamond Bar began as an agricultural community, it has become a residential suburban
community. Cattle grazing is the only agricultural activity that remains as a reminder of this heritage
and should be left as such.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs to develop a policy dealing with die preservation of
agricultural land to the greatest extent possible.
8. Mineral Resources
There are no significant, concentrated mineral resources in Diamond Bar, with the possible exceptions
of oil and hydrocarbons.
ISSUE ANALYSIS; There is no identified issue at this time.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 III -9
D. GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND BOLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
"ITIS7M OVERALL GOAL OFTHERESOURCE MANAGEMENT ELEMENTTO PROVIDE
AND MAINTAIN ADEQUAOPEN SPACES N TRE cny To SERVE THE
RECREATIONAL NEEDS OF IDIVERSE
M RESIDENTS, WHUE FO RING THE WSEOF
LIMITED NATURAL RESOURCES."
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, create and maintain an open space system
which will preserve scenic beauty, protect important biological resources, provide
open space for outdoor recreation and the enjoyment of nature, conserve natural
resources, and protect public health and safety."
Objective 1.1 Preserve significant visual features which are within, or are visible from the LYh' of
Diamond Bar, with an emphasis on the preservation of remaining natural hillside areas.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Develop regulations for the protection of ridgelines, slope areas, canyons, and
hilltops. Require contour or landform grading, clustering of development, or
other means to minimize visual and environmental impacts to ridgelines or
prominent slopes.
1.1.2 Require that all excess excavated and waste materials be properly removed and
disposed of, or otherwise placed so as to become an integral part of the site
development.
1.1.3 Require that dwelling units and structures within hillside areas be sited in such
a manner as to utilize ridgelines and landscape plant materials as a backdrop for
the structures and the structures themselves to provide maximum concealment
of cut slopes.
1.1.4 Preserve to the maximum extent feasible existing vegetation within undeveloped
hillside areas.
1.1.5 When deemed necessary by the City, require that significant vegetation be
preserved or transplanted as determined by a qualified biota report approved by
the City.
1.1.6 Pursue the preservation of areas within Diamond Bar and its Sphere of
Influence, of outstanding scenic, historic, and cultural value.
1.1.7 To the greatest extent possible, require that dwelling units, structures and
landscaping be sited in a manner which:
protects views for existing development
Retains opportunities for views from dwellings
Diamond Bar tienerm rias - - III -10
May 5, 1995
Preserves or enhances vistas, particularly those seen from public places
Preserves mature trees, natural hydrology, native plant materials, and
areas of visual interest
Permits removal of vegetation as part of a City or Fie District
approved fuel modification program
1. 1.8 Utilize grading permit procedures to ensure that site designs for development
proposals for hillside areas conform to the natural terrain, and consider the
visual aspects.
1.1.9 Work with the appropriate jurisdictions to protect prominent ridges, slopes, and
hilltops in and adjacent to the City and its Sphere of Influence, such as SEA 15,
Toner Canyon, the hills in the City of Industry, west of the 57 Freeway at
Grand Avenue, the hills within the County of Los Angeles (Rowland Heights),
west of the 57 Freeway, south of Brea Canyon Cutoff Road, the portion of
Toner Canyon within the Chino Hills Specific Plan, and the portion of Tonner
Canyon within the City of Brea (Orange County).
1.1.10 Enact provisions and techniques that enhance groundwater recharge and local
water recovery.
1.1.11 Expeditiously develop and adopt a tree ordinance designed to retain and/or
replace native trees within the City.
1.1.12 New development should include the preservation of significant trees of cultural
or historical value.
1.1.13 Develop a plan to provide a mechanism for, and to pursue the preservation of
designated open space.
Objective 1.2 Maintain, protect, and preserve biologically signWant areas, including SEA 15,
riparian areas, oak and %malnut %vadlands, and other areas of natural significance,
providing only such recreational and cultural opportunities as can be developed in a
manner sensitive to the environment.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Recognizing the significance of SEA 15 ecological resources, support further
definition of the extent and intensity of such resources to provide needed
additional information for the purpose and intent of preservation of this area.
1.2.2 Ensure that all development, including roads, proposed adjacent to riparian and
other biologically sensitive habitats avoid significant impacts to such areas.
Require that new development proposed in such locations be designed to:
Minimize or eliminate impacts on environmentally sensitive areas
Protect the visual seclusion of forage areas from road intrusion by
providing vegetative buffering
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 III -11
• Provide wildlife movement linkages to water, food, shelter and nesting
• Provide vegetation that can be used by wildlife for cover along
roadsides
• Avoid intrusion of night lighting into identified areas through properly
designed lighting systems
• Allow wildlife and migration access by use of tunnels or other practical
means
• Replace fresh drinking water for wildlife when natural water areas are
removed or blocked
• To the greatest extent possible, prevent street water runoff from
flowing into natural or blueline streams
1.2.3 In conjunction with local schools, environmental groups and volunteers, the
City may participate in environmental education programs.
1.2.4 Take an active role in pursuing the preservation of environmentally sensitive
canyon areas in their natural state.
1.2.5 To the greatest extent possible, provide for preservation of flora and fauna.
Objective 1.3 Maintain a system of recreation facilities and open space preservadon which »wet the
active and passive recreational needs of Diamond Bar residents of all ages.
Strategies:
1.3.1 As quickly as possible, complete a Recreational Needs Analysis to determine
the present and future recreation and park needs and update this analysis at
intervals of not more than 5 years.
1.3.2 As quickly as possible, complete and adopt a comprehensive Master Plan of
Parks which analyzes present and future recreation, park and open space
preservation needs.
1.3.3 Through the . Master Plan of Parks, strive to provide neighborhood and
community park facilities, such that a rate of 5.0 acres per 1000 residents is
ultimately achieved.
1.3.4 Maintain an inventory of open lands which were set aside for open space uses
as part of previous development approvals through the County, and require
verification as to the existence of any potential open space restrictions
previously approved on the subject property, prior to accepting development
proposals.
1.3.5 Recreational Open Space shall be preserved as recreational open space unless
and until said recreational open spaces are replaced with equivalent open space
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 M-12
properties and facilities.
1.3.6 Pursue the development of a system of greenbelts within the community.
1.3.7 Develop recreation facilities emphasizing active and passive recreation areas.
The development of a community center, the acquisition of traditional
neighborhood parkland including community athletic fields should be pursued.
• Improve and enhance existing recreation areas
• Pursue joint publiciprivate development of recreation facilities
• Develop and maintain a comprehensive inventory of recreation facilities
and update the facilities to ensure that the City's needs are being met
• Actively pursue land acquisition for parks
• Pursue acquisition of various hillside areas for natural parks
• Initiate a program of identifying environmentally significant areas in
the City and the Sphere of Influence, and analyze the possibility of
protecting any unique or significant environmental features of such
areas
• Pursue protection of environmentally significant areas
• Pursue development of an integrated trails system within the
community
1.3.8 Work with property owners and neighboring jurisdictions to plan and locate an
untreated potable water reservoir in the upper Tonner Canyon/Tres Hermanos
Ranch area. Planning should encourage and emphasize recreational uses and
facilities that could be developed on lands surrounding the reservoir.
GOAL 2 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, identify limits on the resources needed to
support existing and future uses within the City of Diamond Bar and its Sphere of
Influence, and ensure that resources are used wisely."
Objective 2.1 Minimize the consumption of water through a combination ofwater conservation and use
of reclaimed water.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Coordinate with the local water agencies to encourage and expand the use of
reclaimed water, stored rainwater, or household gray water for irrigation.
(a) In cooperation with adjacent communities and area water purveyors,
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 111-13
encourage the use of reclaimed water; consider construction of dual
water systems, where feasible, for 'development.
(b) Work with the local water agencies and schools to promote public
education regarding conservation and advantages for reuse of water.
(c) Where feasible, direct storm waters collected in streets and drainage
systems to settling basins or small lakes within parks or open space
areas, as long as it benefits and does not adversely disrupt local plants
or wildlife.
2.1.2 Prepare ordinances that allow for the implementation of feasible water
conservation technologies into new developments such as, but not limited to,
self-closing valves, installation of hot water lines, or other technology.
2.1.3 Consistent with State law, encourage the use of primarily drought -tolerant
plants, efficient design in landscape application, and the use of reclaimed water
systems.
(a) As part of the City development review of landscaping plans,
discourage installation of large areas of lawn or turf, or limit
installations to areas that require the use of grass, where feasible.
(b) Where domestic water supplies are used in the irrigation of turf areas,
encourage the use of drought tolerant vegetation.
(c) To the extent possible, encourage the preservation of existing native
trees and shrubs, as established plants are often adapted to low water
consumption.
(d) Require residential builders to provide information to prospective
buyers of new homes within the City of Diamond Bar regarding
drought -tolerant planting concepts.
(e) Require non-residential builders to provide information to prospective
buyers or tenants within the City of Diamond Bar regarding drought -
tolerant planting concepts.
(f) Where possible, require the extensive use of mulch in landscape areas
to improve the water -holding capacity of the soil by reducing
evaporation and soil compaction.
2.1.4 Require irrigation efficiency within the City. Encourage and upgrade irrigation
systems to the most efficient system available.
2.1.5 Establish the City as a leader in the implementation of water conservation
measures through expeditious implementation of the measures outlined above.
Objective 2.2 Encourage efficient use of energy by minimizing the consumption of energy resources to
the minimal amount needed to support existing and planned land uses, through a
combination of effcfent land use patterns and passive and active energy conservation
systems.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5. 1995 III -14
Strategies:
2.2.1 As a general principle, replace total dependence on nonrenewable, imported
energy resources with a greater reliance on locally available renewable
resources to a degree which is feasible and in accord with current technology.
2.2.2 In conjunction with review of development applications, encourage the
incorporation of the following:
• Provide for clusters of buildings with protected indoor or plaza/open
area within multiple family residential, commercial, and office project
to promote protection from the wind and sun
• orient the maximum amount of glass possible toward the south, the
side with the greatest amount of solar collection (heat gain potential),
in combination with other measures for shading to mitigate against
summer heat
• Use appropriate building shapes and locations in order to promote
maximum feasible solar access of individual units
• Design individual buildings to maximize natural internal lighting
through interior court wells, interior court areas, skylights, clerestory
windows, and energy efficient building shapes
• Use canopies and overhangs to provide shade to windows during
summer months, while allowing for reflection of direct sunlight
through the windows during winter months (care should be taken to
assure that overhangs and canopies do not prevent sufficient light for
daytime purposes).
• Incorporate the use of drought tolerant deciduous trees in landscaping
plans, especially near buildings and around expanses of paved areas
• Incorporate drought tolerant deciduous vines, trellises, and canopies to
shade south and westward facing walls, to cool them in summer months
• Locate trees and hedges planted close to buildings so as to channel
beneficial cooling breezes through openings
2.2.3 Where possible, minimize reflective surfaces (i.e. parking lots) on the north and
east side of buildings; alternatively, where parking areas must be located to the
south or west of buildings, provide additional landscaping to reduce heat gain.
2.2.4 Investigate the feasibility of adopting an Energy ordinance that will incorporate
retrofit provisions for the installation of energy conservation measures on
existing structures, solar pool and hot tub provisions that will discourage natural
gas heaters as the primary energy source.
2.2.5 Implement, through the subdivision ordinance or through other appropriate
mechanisms, the Solar Rights Act of 1978 which addresses structural orientation
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995
III -15
for solar access, and includes such concepts as solar easements, functional
landscaping, street layout, and architectural designs that reduce energy costs.
2.2.6 Encourage, through the use of financial incentives, solar energy systems for the
heating of swimming pools.
2.2.7 Take full advantage of the CEQA process as a tool for evaluating energy use
and potential energy impacts, and for implementing appropriate energy
conservation measures.
2.2.8 Require the inclusion, where feasible, of provisions for energy efficient modes
Of transportation and fixed facilities which establish public mass transit, bicycle,
equestrian, and pedestrian modes as desirable alternatives.
2.2.9 Work with appropriate Federal, State and private utility agencies to identify and
facilitate appropriate legislation for utility rate revisions that would provide
incentives for the conservation of energy by the shifting of energy usage to non -
peak hours.
2.2.10 Increase public awareness of energy conservation technology and practices by
the dissemination of information that describes energy conservation practices for
community members. This will encourage ongoing communication and the
generation of ideas, plans, and programs for the future development of
Diamond Bar as an energy efficient City.
Objective 2.3 Reduce overall local energy consumption by promoting efficient land use patterns which
reduce the amount of vehicular travel.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Land uses in the City will be planned to reduce vehicle miles traveled between
compatible and related uses, such as home -shopping, hom"ffice, home-school,
etc.
(a) This will apply to mixed-use Planned Developments in particular when
planning and reviewing new land uses.
2.3.2 Design and implement a Citywide system of bikeways and pedestrian trails as
non-polluting circulation alternatives.
Objective 2.4 Cooperate with and encourage local education, governmental, and private organizations
in the development and use of new energy technologies that are deemed environmentally
safe.
Strategies:
2.4.1 Maintain open communication with other local, regional, State or Federal
agencies regarding the evaluation of current energy problems and state-of-the-
art technologies and practices.
2.4.2 Emphasize fuel efficiency and the use of alternative fuels in the acquisition and
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
may s, 1995 III -16
use of City -owned vehicles and fleet vehicles of City franchisees; support
programs which would serve to enhance or encourage the use of public transit
systems.
(a) Cooperate with the South Coast Air Quality Management Agency in the
development and local testing of new alternative fuels or other energy
programs.
2.4.3 Participate with local organizations on research and/or the development of
alternate energy sources, including cogeneration, photovoltaic, biomass, waste
to energy, wind, etc.
2.4.4 Investigate the potential for adding provisions in the Development Code to
require industrial and/or commercial projects to be sited to facilitate
photovoltaic and/or cogeneration units.
Objective 2.5 Minimize the environmental impacts of landfill disposal of solid wastes through an
aggressive public education and information campaign designed to promote a
comprehensive program of source reduction, recycling, composting, and household
hazardous waste reduction activities.
Strategies:
2.5.1 Continue to implement the Source Reduction and Recycling Element adopted
according to the guidelines established by State law and the California
Integrated Waste Management Board.
2.5.2
Develop and implement a Household Hazardous Waste Element according to
the guidelines of the California Integrated Waste Management Board.
Incorporate this element into the Resource Management Element of the General
Plan.
2.5.3
Reduce wasteful packaging of products sold in the City through educational and
technical assistance which emphasizes the reduction of non -recyclable products,
replacement of disposable materials with reusable materials, and the purchase
of repairable products.
2.5.4
Implement a mandatory Citywide recycling program including residential
curbside collection and voluntary on-site programs serving multi -family,
commercial and industrial generators.
2.5.5
Educate residential, commercial and industrial generators about source
reduction and recycling programs and encourage their participation by
developing a promotional campaign which informs them about diversion
programs, identifies opportunities for participation in such programs, and
provides motivational incentives to increase participation.
2.5.6
Require commercial and industrial generators to develop and implement a
source reduction and recycling plan tailored to their individual waste streams.
2.5.7
Promote the reduction of the amount of yard waste generated by public and
private residences through ongoing promotion of greenwaste by on-site
Diamond Bar General Play Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995
III -17
composting of leaves and other organic materials in a manner diet is safe and
clean.
2.5.8 Designate City held open space and public facilities as "green zones" and
conduct an aggressive pursuit of existing and potential City uses for compost
produced from locally generated yard waste such as park and median sites.
2.5.9 Increase public understanding of methods to reuse materials in their everyday
lives. Encourage the provision of educational materials on the environmental
damage of disposable products and materials.
2.5. 10 Red&..ice the disposal of household hazardous wastes in landfills through
continued cooperation with the County Sanitation Districts and the Los Angeles
County Department of Public Works on implementation of a Countywide
household hazardous waste management program.
Objective 2.6 Pursuant to Government Code 65302 (d) and (e), the Conservation Element and the
Open Space Element will be prepared.
Strategies:
2.6.1 The Resource Management Plan will be developed in coordination with any
Countywide water agency plans in conjunction with County, District or City
agencies. This Resource Management Plan will cover:
a Reclamation of land and water
• Prevention control of pollution in stream and other waters
• Regulation of the use of land in stream channels
• Protection of watersheds
0 Flood control
2.6.2 An Open Space Plan will be prepared to identify areas which will comply with
Government Code Section 65560 that encompasses the four principal categories:
Natural resources; managed production of resources; outdoor recreation; and
public health and safety.
Identify open space land necessary to guarantee the availability of land
for preservation of plant and animal life, production of food, scenic
beauty, outdoor recreation and natural resources
Discourage premature and unnecessary conversion of open space land
to urban uses
Assure that the interests of all people are met in an orderly growth and
development of resources for the promotion of the general welfare and
protection of the public interest in open space land.
Diamond Bar General Plan Resource Management Element
May 5, 1995 HI -18
PUBLIC HEALTH
and SAFETY
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction ................................ IV -1
B. Existing Conditions IV -2
C. Public Health and Safety Issues .................... IV -6
D. Public Health and Safety Goals,
Objectives, and Strategies ....................... IV -9
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE
PAGE
IV -1 Local Geologic and Seismic Hazards ............ IV -3
IV -2 Areas Subject to Flooding ................... IV -4
IV -3 Existing Noise Contours ................... IV -16
IV -4 Projected Noise Contours ...................IV -17
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE PAGE
IV -1 Noise Standards ........................... IV -15
IV. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
The Public Health and Safety Element contains provisions that relate to the protection of life, health, and
property from natural hazards and man-made hazards. It is designed to identify areas where public and
private decisions on land use need to be sensitive to hazardous conditions caused by slope instability,
seismic activity, flood, fire, and wind.
State planning law requires cities and counties to identify hazardous conditions and to prepare and
implement policies to assure public health and safety. Section 65302(g) of the Government Code
describes these requirements (Safety Element) in the following terms:
"A safety element is for the protection of the community from any unreasonable risks associated
with the effects of seismically induced surface rupture, ground shaking, ground failure, tsunami,
seiche, and dam failure; slope instability leading to mudslides and landslides; subsidence and
Other geologic hazards known to the legislative body; flooding; and wildland and urban fires.
The safety element shall include mapping of known seismic and other geologic hazards. It shall
also address evacuation mutes, peak load water supply requirements, and minimum road widths
and clearances around structures, as those items relate to identified fire and geologic hazards."
In addition, adoption of a Noise Element has been a requirement of local General Plans since 1971.
Section 65302(h) of the California Government Code requires:
"A noise element which shall identify and appraise noise problems in the community. The noise
element shall recognize the guidelines established by the Office of Noise Control in the State
Department of Health Services and shall analyze and quantify, to the extent practicable, as
determined by the- legislative body, current and projected noise levels..."
The Public Health and Safety Element provides the goals and strategies necessary to protect Diamond
Bar residents from the hazards associated with natural and man-made environments. The purpose of
these goals and strategies in this section is to incorporate safety considerations into the City's planning
and decision making process to reduce identifiable risks.
The City of Diamond Bar and its citizens must decide the degree of risk that is acceptable for various
natural and man-made hazards. Risks identified in existing development may be lowered to an acceptable
level by physical alteration, relocation or demolition, or a change in the use altogether. For new
development, the emphasis is to regulate construction so as to minimize identifiable risks to the extent
possible.
The Public Health and Safety Element addresses the following issues:
Geology and Seismicity
• Flooding
Fire Protection Services
May 5, 1995 - =.w.w auu owCty imement
IV -1
• Crime and Protection Services
° Emergency Services and Facilities
° Hazardous Materials
• Air amity
• Noise
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
The following summarizes information presented in the City of Diamond Bar Master Environmental
Assessment.
1. Geology and Seismicity
Diamond Bar is located in a dynamic geological region, which is underlain by several thousand feet of
sediments which were laid down over the last 25 million years. Bedrock materials are not well
consolidated and consist of various sandstones, shales, and siltstones of the Puente formation, which is
represented by three major components or members: La Vida; Soquel; and Yorba. Stream -carried
(alluvial) materials are present in natural canyons while man-made fill is found in previously developed
areas. Local soils are mainly derived from weathering of the bedrock units.
There are existing historical and potential unstable hillside areas in Diamond Bar.
Diamond Bar is also located in a part of Southern California which is a highly seismically active region
and where there are a number of major active faults. A discussion and map of regional geological
hazards are contained in the Master Environmental Assessment. The San Andreas Fault Zone, located
26 miles northeast of the City, is considered to have the greatest potential to cause regional damage.
However, the Los Angeles County Engineer has estimated that four potentially active local faults
(Whittier, San Jose, Sierra Madre, and San Gabriel) have a higher potential for causing local damage.
Several major faults are located adjacent to the City. The Whittier Fault Zone passes just south of the
City's Sphere of Influence, while the Chino Fault passes within a mile of the City's eastern boundary.
In addition, there are three mall inactive local faults within Diamond Bar: The Arnold Reservoir Fault,
near Grand Avenue in the northeast portion of the City; the
e far northern
portion of the City; and the Diamond Bar Fault, located in the south-central portion Fault,
ort on othe hCity. A mall
inactive fault, the Tonner Canyon Fault is located in the City's Sphere of Influence. Figure IV -1
identifies known faults and other local geologic hazards.
2. Flooding
Runoff in the City is accommodated by three major natural drainages: San Jose Creek to the west;
Diamond Bar Creek to the southwest, and Brea Canyon Creek to the southwest. The only area of the
City with flooding problems, as identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency Flood
Insurance Program, is along the Reed Canyon Channel at Brea Canyon Road and Lycommg Street.
However, the lands within the City of Industry, adjacent to Diamond Br, generally l
aocated west of the
57 Freeway from Temple Avenue to Lemon Avenue, also have potential flooding problems. While most
of the backbone drainage system has already been installed by the County of Los Angeles, there are still
a few links and improvements that have not been constructed. The City presently lacks a master plan
May 5, 1995 i uuna —cwtu ana amety Clement
IV -2
0 2000' 4000' 8000' 1.
Scale in Feet NORTH
Moderate or Greater Slope Stability
Moderately Low Slope Stability
Very Low Slope Stability
Fault Trace (Dotted where inferred)
Y� Potential Liquefaction Zone
2 No Current Data Available for This Area
Source: Geologic -Seismic study for the Diamond Bar General Plan, Department of
the Los Angeles County Engineer,1980; and Diamond Bar Community General Plan
EIR, Los Angeles County Department of Regional Planning, 1986.
Figure IV -1
Local Geologic and
Seismic Hazards
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -3
of drainage. The Sphere of Influence is drained by Tonner Canyon Creek. This area presently has no
major flood control improvements and flooding can occur along the entire length of this natural stream
channel. Figure IV -2 indicates areas where flooding poses potential problems.
3. Fire Protection Services
Diamond Bar faces a significant potential threat from wildland fires for the following reasons:. It is
adjacent to large undisturbed natural areas to the east and south; it has many undeveloped hillsides and
canyons covered with native vegetation; many older homes have wood shingle or shake roofs; the state-
wide drought has killed, damaged or dried out much of the otherwise healthy natural, as well as
introduced, vegetation, and the area periodically experiences strong dry "Santa Ana" winds when other
fire conditions are high. Despite these conditions, the Insurance Service Organization (ISO) gives the
developed portions of the City a rating of 3, which is considered good for urbanized areas. The Sphere
of Influence area adjacent to Tonner Canyon does not presently have (or need) these same levels of
protection.
Fire protection services for the area are presently provided by the Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire
Protection District, which maintains three stations in or adjacent to the City. County stations 119, 120,
and 121 are fully equipped and staffed. Analysis of available service level data indicates that the City
will probably not need an additional fire station, although any significant development in the Sphere of
Influence area might require additional protection.
4. Crime and Protection Services
The level of major crime in Diamond Bar is presently half of that experienced in communities of
comparable size. The types of local crimes are typical of suburban communities in the Los Angeles
region, including vandalism, traffic accidents, and theft. Protection services are provided under contract
to the City by the Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department out of the Walnut -San Dimas Regional
Station. The City is presently served by 29 deputies and 18 patrol vehicles. The County maintains an
average emergency response time of 4.5 minutes within the City. Diamond Bar will aced additional
protective services as it grows, although it may not need additional facilities within the City limits. The
Firestone Boy Scout Ranch within the Sphere of Influence presently has private security.
5. Emergency Services and Facilities
The Diamond Bar area is served by a number of hospitals and related medical facilities within Los
Angeles, San Bernardino, and Orange counties. Although there is no major treatment facility within
Diamond Bar, there are seventeen hospitals or major treatment centers within a 15 mile radius. The Los
Angeles County Consolidated Fine Protection District maintains paramedic service at station 119 just west
of the City, as well as at stations 61 and 118 in nearby Walnut. The county also contracts with several
local companies for ambulance service, and can also provide airborne evacuation. The region could also
face major emergencies or disasters, such as earthquakes, hazardous material spills, train accidents, high
winds, etc. The City has recently developed a response plan for major emergencies. Minimum road
widths and clearances around structures as related to emergency access and fire prevention are specified
in City Code. Emergency evacuation routes are identified in the City's Multi -Hazard Functional Plan,
with the SR57 and SR60 Freeways identified as the major routes and major surface streets as additional
routes.
6. Hazardous Materials
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -5
Hazardous materials presently create a potential threat to the City: The primary threat facing the City
would come from a major traffic or train accident involving spillage of hazardous or toxic materials.
There are industrial or other businesses within the City or in the nearby City of Industry that treat,
handle, or store hazardous materials. As the area continues to grow, the likelihood of an accident or the
potential for illegal dumping increases. The Los Angeles County consolidated Fire Protection District
maintains "Hazmat" Response Teams to handle emergencies involving these materials, but the City must
deal with the local implications of hazardous wastes. As per State law, the City has developed a
"Household Hazardous Waste Element".
7. Air Quality
The entire south coast air basin, within which Diamond Bar is located, suffers from some of the worst
air quality in the nation. Pollutants are not only generated locally within the east San Gabriel Valley,
but are also transported downwind from the Los Angeles basin. The primary pollutants of concern are
ozone (oxidants) and nitrogen dioxide, which are mostly generated by vehicular exhaust. The number
of first stage smog alerts has decreased dramatically from the early part of the decade. However, local
ozone levels have still exceeded state standards on over 100 days during each of the past three years.
Local topography, climate, wind, and air movement patterns tend to concentrate air pollutants along the
freeway corridors and especially in the Diamond Bar area. Several local intersections, including Grand
Avenue/Diamond Bar Boulevard and Grand Avenue/Golden Springs Drive, experience significantly
elevated levels of air pollutants during peak driving hours.
8. Noise
The City of Diamond Bar is relatively quid except for noise corridors created by traffic on major
roadways and freeways. Noise is typically measured in decibels on the A -weighted scale db(A) which
most closely resembles the range of human hearing. Community noise levels are often measured on the
Community Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL) scale. Noise levels have been estimated along major
roadways within Diamond Bar based on traffic volumes and the physical configuration of streets. The
combined 57/60 Freeway corridor generates the most noise, producing a 65 CNEL contour onto adjacent
land uses approximately 1,379 feet wide. The 57 Freeway by itself, north of the 60 Freeway, has a
much smaller 65 CNEL corridor of only 759 feet. However, the 60 Freeway alone, both east and west
of the 57 Freeway, generates a 65 CNEL noise corridor 1,015 feet wide. These figures mean that daily
outdoor noise levels in areas adjacent or proximate to the local freeways reach or exceed acceptable
planning noise standards.
In addition to noise produced by the freeways there are several local roadways generating 65 CNEL
levels beyond the right-of-way. Three include sections of Brea Canyon Road north of the 60 Freeway,
Golden Springs Drive east of Lemon Avenue and west of Prospectors Road, Diamond Bar Boulevard
north of Golden Springs Drive, Grand Avenue west of Golden Springs Drive, Pathfinder Road east of
the 57 Freeway, and Sunset Crossing Road west of the 57 Freeway.
Finally, the Union Pacific Railroad line along the westerly boundary of the City is a major contributor
of local noise as are infrequent urban sources such as dogs barking and aircraft overflights.
C. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY ISSUES
1. Geology and Seismicity
Because of the high seismic and diverse geological conditions, there are moderate to high geological
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Wety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -6
constraints for development in Diamond Bar, especially in hillside areas.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to protect existing and future residents from
local geologic and seismic -related hazards.
2. Flooding
There are no major identified threats from flooding within the City. However, there is no schedule at
present for the remaining improvements needed to complete the local drainage and flood control network.
In addition, the existing planned improvements are based on County plans for the area, and may not
reflect current projects or timing on the development of open land.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to minimize the threat to its citizens from
flooding, and establish a schedule of improvements based on an
updated master plan of drainage. As pan of these policies, spec
standardsforprotectionfrom, various size storms (10-, 25-, 50-, 100-,
and 500 -year) are needed.
3. Fire Protection Services
A major fire represents a significant potential threat to local residents. In addition to the loss of
structures and life, a major fire could destroy valuable biological resources within the City or its Sphere
of Influence. As development continues in the interface between natural and developed areas, the threat
of fire also increases. The Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire Protection District currently provides
adequate service to the residents of Diamond Bar in terms of protection from the threat of fire.
- However, the City may wish to pursue other administrative arrangements for financial or other reasons.
As the City grows, it may be necessary to provide additional equipment, personnel, or stations to
continue adequate service levels.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies emphasizing the importance offire prevention,
protection, and public safety.
4. Crime and Protection Services
Although crime rates in the City are presently low, the threat of gang or other criminal activity creeping
into the community from neighboring urban areas could become a major issue. The City should take
appropriate action now to reduce and/or avoid the increase in local crime, such as urban design concepts
which help protect property and residents. The Los Angeles County Sheriffs Department presently
provides an adequate level of service to the community, as evidenced by the currently low crime rate.
As the City's population increases, there will be an increased need for protective services. Additional
services may also be needed as urban crime may continue to spread to suburban areas. To combat this,
local community and neighborhood involvement will be needed to help prevent or observe and report
various criminal activities. Any significant development in the Sphere of Influence would also require
additional protective services.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to emphasize the importance of careful design
and community action to minimize criminal activity.
5. Emergency Services and Facilities
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element.
May 5, 1995 IV -7
At present, there appears to be an adequate number and variety of medical facilities and programs
available to City residents. However, as a new City, Diamond Bar must assess its own desires regarding
the convenience of medical services and determine if or how it will encourage certain medical uses into
the City. Paramedic and ambulance services likewise appear to be adequate, although additional services
may be needed as the community grows. Development in the Sphere of Influence may require additional
medical or other emergency facilities. The provision of daily emergency services must also be
coordinated with a local plan for responding to regional disasters.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs to decide Vany additional medical facilities are needed,
and ff so, where and how should they be located to best serve local
resident. The City needs to implement the disaster preparedness plan
to respond to regional or local emergencies.
6. Hazardous Materials
Hazardous wastes will continue to be an important community concern. The potential for accidents
involving hazardous materials is of concern to local residents.
ISSUE ANALYSIS. The City should develop policies to clearly ideno potential sources of
hazardous materials and haw accident or emergencies involving such
materials will be handled
7. Air Quality
Air quality is still considered a major detractor to the quality of life in Diamond Bar, even though the
vast majority of it is generated elsewhere. While the City has little control over regional pollutants, it
can take a proactive position on this issue by stating its intent to minimize the generation of local air
pollution. It can also take advantage of the location of the South Coast Air Quality Management District
(SCAQMD) office in Diamond Bar to offer itself as a "testing laboratory" for programs to reduce air
pollution, where such programs could be safely undertaken, thus establishing Diamond Bar as a model
City for innovation in Southern California.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City should work cooperatively with local agencies to develop
innovative policies for reducing regional air pollution, in addition to
towkmenting the current programs of the South Coast Air Quality
Managemau Plan.
8. Noise
Noise is presently a problem for local residents along freeways and major roadways, generally only
during peak hours. However, noise problems will increase as traffic and population increase, especially
where development is built in areas that previously acted as buffers or barriers to local noise. As the
population of the City and region increases, there will also be an increase in infrequent urban noise
sources. While noise may not be a significant problem compared to other cities, a quiet environment is
typically a major factor in rural living, and more than likely contributes to the quality of life perceived
in Diamond Bar.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Emphasizing its importance on quality of life, the City needs clear
policies on how it will keep noise, primarily from major roadways,
f m bripact+ng adsting, as well as fiuure resident.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -8
9. Urban Runoff Stormwater Discharge Permits
In recent years, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has recognized the potential for groundwater
damage to occur as the result of pollutants carried in runoff from urban areas. These pollutants include
oil, grease, and heavy metals that generally accumulate in roadways and parking areas, and are the result
of motor vehicle use. To resolve the problem, the EPA requires that municipal agencies acquire
discharge permits for urban areas similar to the permits issued for wastewater treatment plants. Los
Angeles County has received a discharge permit for urban runoff from the EPA. The City of Diavaond
Bar is a "co -permittee".
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Development within the Cay of Diamond Bar will need to comply with
the provisions of the EPA urban stormwater discharge permit.
D. PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND
STRATEGIES
"IT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN TO PROVIDE A SAFE AND HEALTHY
ENVIRONMENT FOR THE RESIDENTS OF DIAMOND BAR. "
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, create a secure public environment which
minimizes potential loss of life and property damage, as well as social, economic,
or environmental disruption resulting from natural and manmade disasters."
Objective 1.1 Minimize the potential for loss of life, physical injury, and property damage from seismic
groundshaking and other geologic hazards.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Require the new emergency facilities including but not limited to fire stations,
paramedic services, police stations, hospitals, ambulance services, and
emergency operations centers be designed to withstand and remain in operation
following the maximum credible earthquake event.
1. 1.2 As required by the Uniform Building Code, require site-specific geotechnical
investigation be performed to determine appropriate design parameters for
construction of public and private facilities in order to minimize the effects of
any geologic and seismic hazard on such development.
1.1.3 Adopt a grading manual to supplement the City of Diamond Bar Grading Code
with detailed information regarding rules, interpretations, standard
specifications, procedures, requirements, forms, and other information
applicable to control excavation, grading, and earthwork construction and
provide guidelines for preparation of geotechnical reports in the City.
Objective 1.2 Minimize the potential for loss of life, physical injury, property damage, public health
hazards, and nuisances from the effects of a 100 -year storm and associated flooding.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Where applicable, as a prerequisite to new development or the intensification
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -9
of existing development, ensure that a drainage study has been completed by a
qualified engineer, certifying that the proposed development will be adequately
protected, and that implementation of the development proposal will not create
new downstream flood hazards.
1.2.2 In coordination with the Los Angeles County Public Works Department,
develop and maintain a master plan of drainage, including an inventory of
existing facilities, and present development plans, to adequately assess existing
and future flood control needs and improvements within Diamond Bar.
1.2.3 Prepare a capital improvement program for flood control improvements needed
to complete a master plan of drainage. This schedule will be coordinated with
improvement plans by the County and address funding and timing of prioritized
improvements.
Objective 1.3 Require that properties in and adjacent to wildland areas are reasonably protected from
wildland fire hazards without degrading the viability of natural ecosystems, providing
a balance between ranoval of,flamtnabk vegetation, introduction of fire resistant
vegetation, and preservation of natural vegetation.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Where development is proposed within areas potentially subject to wildland fire
hazards, ensure that the Consolidated Fire District has the opportunities to
review the proposal in terms of its vulnerability to fire hazard and its potential
as a source of fire. Ensure that Fire Department recommendations regarding
mitigation of fire hazard risks are addressed.
1.3.2 Require new development in areas subject to wildland fire to be adequately
protected in a manner which minimizes the destruction of natural vegetation.
Prioritize this balance as follows:
Protection of existing developed areas and areas currently approved for
development
Preservation of significant biological resources to the extent feasible
Objective 1.4 Require an adequate distribution of fire stations, equipment, and manpower, and
maintain a maximm five minute response tine to all urban areas.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Work with the Los Angeles County Consolidated Fire District to establish a
funding mechanism which would ensure that cost of providing new facilities and
equipment, including paramedic services, to support new development is
assessed against the developments creating that aced.
1.4.2 Where appropriate, support increased protection levels from that provided by
the minimum fire standards included in the Uniform Building and Fire Codes
(UBC and UFC).
Objective 1.5 Minimize the risk and fiat of crime through physical planning strategies. Create a high
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -10
Strategies:
level of public awareness and support for crime prevention.
1.5.1 Refer proposals for new development, where appropriate, and for the
intensification of existing development to the Sheriffs Department for review.
1.5.2 Promote the establishment of neighborhood watch and business watch programs
to encourage community participation in the patrol of neighborhood and
business areas, and to facilitate increased awareness of potential criminal
activities.
Objective 1.6 Promote the provision of adequate medical and emergency services to Diamond Bar
residents.
Strategies:
1.6.1 Coordinate with appropriate agencies for the provision of evacuation and
ambulance services within acceptable service levels and response times.
1.6.2 Investigate the aced and feasibility of locating a major medical facility within
the City of Diamond Bar.
Objective 1.7 Implement effwdve emergency preparedness and response programs -
Strategies:
1.7.1 Coordinate the City's disaster preparedness plans with the State Office of
Emergency Management, County, schools, and other neighboring jurisdictions,
and participate in the development of a regional system to respond to daily
emergencies and major catastrophies.
1.7.2 The City's disaster plan shall integrate community resources into municipal
emergency management, including a list of local resources such as personnel,
equipment, material, specialized medical and other training, and auxiliary
communications.
1.7.3 Provide areawide mutual aid agreements and communication links with adjacent
governmental authorities and other participating jurisdictions.
1.7.4 Disseminate public information regarding actions which residents and businesses
should take to minimize damage in a natural disaster, as well as actions which
would be taken to facilitate recovery from a natural disaster.
Objective 1.8 Protect We and property from the potential detrimental effects (short and long term) of
the transportation, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes
in the City.
Strategies:
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -11
1.8.1 Coordinate with the established Los Angeles County program for household
hazardous waste collection according to the provision of Section 415M of the
Public Resources Code (see also the solid waste section of the Plan for
Resource Management for additional policies).
1.8.2 Coordinate emergency response personnel to respond to hazardous materials
incidents.
1.8.3 Require development to meet the requirements of the County's urban
stormwater discharge permit.
objective 1.9 The City should seek to improve local and regional air quality by encouraging ride -
sharing, use of public transit, and other trauportation denand management techniques.
Strategies:
1.9.1 Promote the provision of non-polluting transportation alternatives such as a
Citywide system of bikeways and pedestrian sidewalks.
1.9.2 Work with the South Coast Air Quality Management District to establish a
program of District review and comment on major proposed development
projects within the City.
1.9.3 Implement the provisions of the South Coast Air Quality Management Plan;
review projects for consistency with the South Coast Air Quality Management
Plan.
1.9.4 Include trip reduction requirements consistent with SCAQMD Regulation XV
and the requirements of the Los Angeles County Congestion Management Plan
in the development code with the goal of reducing home -to -work trips by
facilitating and participating in the following programs:
Incorporate design measures into new development and, where feasible,
into existing developments proposed for intensification, including
preferential parking areas for car and van pools, employee drop off
areas, segue bicycle parking areas, bus turnout areas, etc.
Disseminate information to Diamond Bar residents regarding the
advantages of, and procedures involved in, ride sharing and public
transit
1.9.5 Ensure that site designs facilitate rather than discourage pedestrian movement
between nearby uses.
1.9.6 Require grading plans to include appropriate and feasible measures to minimize
fugitive dust.
1.9.7 The City will cooperate with the South Coast Air Quality Management District
to be a "test facility" or a laboratory for testing new air pollution control
programs where such programs can be safely conducted at no expense to the
City or its residents.
Diamond Bar Genesi Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -12
1.9.8 The City will offer to local governmental agencies, education institutions, and
businesses the opportunity to test new technologies and/or programs designed
to reduce air pollution, either directly or indirectly.
Objective 1.10 Consider noise issues in land use planning and development permit processing to require
that noise generated by one use or facility does not adversely affect adjacent uses or
facilities.
Strategies:
1.10.1
Within identified 65dB CNEL noise contours, require that site-specific noise
studies be prepared to verify site-specific noise conditions and to ensure that
noise considerations are included in project review.
1.10.2
Within identified 65dB CNEL noise corridors, ensure that necessary reduction
measures are applied to meet adopted interior and exterior noise standards.
1.10.3
New construction, including additions and remodels exceeding 25% of original
floor area, shall not be permitted to cause the exterior CNEL level of
surrounding residential neighborhoods to exceed those limits stated in Table IV -
1, or to significantly, adversely affect the existing CNEL of those
neighborhoods.
1.10.4
Natural noise barriers, such as hillsides, shall not be modified or removed
without evaluating noise impacts to surrounding residential neighborhoods.
1.10.5
Through the CEQA process, analyze new projects which might have a
significant impact on noise sensitive uses (projects are defined as actions having
the potential to unreasonably increase projected CNEL noise levels). Require
demonstrated empirical mitigation measures to ensure that adopted noise
standards within sensitive land use areas are not exceeded as the result of the
proposed project. Mitigation measures shall be verified by field measurements
after construction. Prior to occupancy, if the required level of mitigation is not
achieved, further corrective action will be required.
1.10.6
As part of the Development Code, adopt noise -related development standards.
1.10.7
Where possible, encourage reduction of existing noise problems within existing
development where adopted noise standards are being reached or exceeded.
The City shall demand that the State of California install noise attenuation
facilities in all noise sensitive areas impacted by County, State or Federal
highways.
1.10.8
As part of future General Plan review, or every five years, the noise contour
map shall be updated.
1.10.9
Apply mitigation measures as needed to noise generators and receptors to
ensure that adopted noise standards are met and to protect land uses from
excessive noise impacts.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -13
1.10.10 Locate land uses to buffer residential uses from noise and activity caused by
non-residential uses or streets or highways and site buildings to serve as a noise
buffer. Refer to the Land Use section to insure a smooth transition between
residential and non-residential uses.
1.10.11 Ensure that land uses are located so as to mod the following standards: (see
Table IV -1 Noise Standards). If new construction does proceed, a detailed
analysis of noise reduction requirements must be made and needed noise
insulation features included in design.
1.10.12 Where now development exceeds the standards outlined within Table IV -1, a
detailed analysis of noise reduction requirements must be made and needed
noise insulation features included in design.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May s, 1995 IV -14
Table IV -1
Noise Standards
Land Use Category
Maximum Exterior Community
Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL)
or Day -Night Level (Ldn), dB
55 60 65 70 75 80 85
E
o _J
m z
v
Rural, Single -Family, Multiple-
Family Residential
40
School Classrooms
40
School Playgrounds
Libraries
I
40
Hospitals, Convalescent Facilities
Living Areas
(
45
Hospitals, Convalescent Facilities
Sleeping Areas
35
Recreation: Quiet, Passive Areas
40
Recreation: Noisy, Active Areas
Commercial and Industrial
I
Office Areas
1
45
DNormally
Acceptable
Specified land use is
satisfactory, based on
the assumption that any
buildings are of normal
conventional construc-
tion, without any special.
noise insulation require-
ments. Outdoor areas
are suitable for normal
outdocr activities for
this land use.
Nature of the noise
environment where the
CNEL or Ldn level Is:
Below 55 dB
Relatively quiet suburban or
urban areas, no arterial
streets within 1 block, no
freeways within 1/4 mile.
55-65 dB
Most somewhat noisy
urban areas, near but not
directly adjacent to high
volumes of traffic.
65.75 dB
Very noisy urban areas near
arterials, freeways or
airports.
75+ dB
Extremely noisy urban
areas adjacent to freeways
or under airport traffic
patterns. Hearing damage
with constant exposure
outdoors.
pm Conditionally Normally Clearly
t/sAcceptable ED Unacceptable = Unacceptable
New construction or
development should be
undertaken only after a
detailed analysis of
noise reduction require-
ments is made and
needed noise insulation
features included in
design. Conventional
construction, but with
closed windows and
fresh air supply sys-
tems or air condition-
ing, will normally suffice.
'New construction or
development should
generally be discour-
aged. If new construc-
tion or development
does proceed, a de-,
tailed analysis of noise
reduction requirements
must be made and
needed noise insulation
features included in
design.
New construction or
development should
generally not be
undertaken.
The Community Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL) and Day -Night Noise Level (Ldn) are measures of the 24-hour
noise environment. They represent the constant A -weighted noise level that Ymuld be measured if all the sound
enercy received over the day were averaged. In order to account for the greater sensitivity of people to noise at
nicht, the CNEL weighting includes a 5 -decibel penalty on noise between 7:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. and z
10-decitel penalty on noise between 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. of the next day. The Ldn includes only the
10 -decibel weighting for late-night noise events. For practical purposes, the two measures are equiva!ent for
typical urban noise environments.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -15
60CNEL*"%,.
1 V2 i ss AFL pol
- - *** 4>
w �
t b96
FREEWAY (60)
P J W W
�S I LU z
Estimated noise levels
based on existing traffic
volumes (1990). Does
not consider shielding
�Q by terrain, noise barriers
0 or existing structures.
O�
0 3" 6000
Scale in Feet NORTH
DIAMOND BAR CITY LIMITS
NOISE CONTOUR
ft
I
,
,
Figure IV -3
Existing Noise Contours
Diamond Bar Genend Plan Public Health and Safety Element
May 5, 1995 IV -16
CIRCULATION
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction ................................. V-1
B. Circulation System ............................. V-3
C. Circulation Issues ............................ V-19
V-22
D. Goals, Objectives and Strategies ...................
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE
PAGE
V-1 Regional Circulation ....... V-2
V-2 Circulation Element Roadway System .............. V-4
V-3 Intersection Level of Service .. ................ V-11
V-4 Existing Designated Bicycle Routes ................ V-15
V-5 Hiking and Equestrian Trails ................... V-16
V-6 Designated Truck Routes ..................... V-18
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE
PAGE
V-1 Roadway Classification ... .................... V-6
V-2 Daily Roadway Capacity Standards ................ V-9
V-3 Level of Service (LOS) Interpretation ...... ...... V-10
V. CIRCULATION ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
The purpose of the Circulation Element is to define the transportation needs of the City and present a
comprehensive transportation plan to accommodate those needs. The focus of this plan element is the
identification and evaluation of local circulation needs of the City of Diamond Bar, balancing those needs
with regional demands and mandates. It has been developed to guide the orderly improvement of the
circulation system within the City in a manner which will protect the quality of life which is Diamond
Bar and in direct response to the City's Land Use Element.
The overall intent of the Circulation Element is to provide safe and efficient movement between homes
and jobs, stores, schools or parks within the City. Under State planning law, each city must develop and
adopt a comprehensive long-term general plan for the physical development of that city. The following
is a mandatory requirement relating to city transportation planning:
Government Code Section 65302(b): A circulation element consisting of the general location
and extent of existing and proposed major thoroughfares, transportation routes, terminals, and
other local public utilities and facilities, all correlated with the land use element of the plan.
This is the first Circulation Element prepared for the City of Diamond Bar. Although it is a new city,
it is not a newly developing city, but rather one that is largely built out. Many strategic decisions related
to transportation facilities (e.g., locations of roadways) were made at the County level prior to City
incorporation. This Circulation Element provides the first opportunity to evaluate how best to utilize
these facilities, from the perspective of the City of Diamond Bar, its residents, businesses, and other
users of City services.
Five basic steps were involved in developing the Circulation Element. The first step consisted of
documenting existing conditions and assembling a factual data base. The second step involved the
development and validation of a transportation model used to forecast future travel demand and travel
patterns within the City and the surrounding area. Step three entailed identification of problems,
opportunities and issues. The fourth step was the evaluation of alternative improvement scenarios. The
fifth and final step comprised the definition and refinement of the Circulation Element.
The resulting document is organized into the following sections with each of the above components of
the circulation system being discussed, where appropriate, therein.
Circulation System
Major Circulation Issues
Goals, Objectives and Strategies
Technical Appendices to the Master Environmental Assessment document support this section and contain
additional details and analysis of existing and future conditions, travel forecast model documentation, and
the Congestion Management Plan.
The Circulation Element also has direct relationship with the Housing, Resource Management, Public
Management, Public Health and Safety and Public Services and Facilities Elements.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-1
•
0 1 2 4
. .1.
Q -
Scale in Miles NORTH
= CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
CITY OF DIAMOND BAR
SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
Figure V-1
Regional Circulation
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
V-2
May 5, 1995
B. CIRCULATION SYSTEM
The components of the circulation system in the City of Diamond Bar include the following:
• Streets and Highways
• Transit and Paratransit Services
• Railroads
• Bicycle, Hiking and Equestrian Facilities
• . Aviation
• Goods Movement
This section describes each of the components, discusses operating conditions and evaluates the adequacy
of the component.
1. Streets and Highways
a. Functional Classification, definitions and terms
The two major considerations in classifying the City's street network functionally are access to adjacent
properties and movement of persons and goods into and through the City. City streets are classified by
the relative importance of these two functions assigned to them. The classification of streets is essentially
a determination of the degree to which access functions are to be emphasized at the cost of the efficiency
of movement or discouraged to improve the movement function. The design and operation of each street,
therefore, depends upon the importance placed on each of these functions. For example, streets designed
to carry large volumes of vehicles into and through the City have more lanes, higher speed limits, and
fewer driveways, while residential streets have fewer lanes, lower speed limits, and more driveways to
provide access to fronting properties.
The functional classification system allows the residents and elected officials to identify preferred
characteristics of each street. If observed characteristics of any street change from the functional
classification, then actions can be taken to return the street to its originally intended use or to change the
designation classification. For example, if traffic volumes and speeds on a residential street exceed
expected levels, then measures can be implemented which are designed to lower traffic volumes and
reduce speeds.
Under the Circulation Element of the County of Los Angeles, roadways within Diamond Bar were
categorized into four functional classification types:
• Freeways
• Arterial Streets (Major and Secondary)
• Collector Streets (Business and Residential)
• Local Residential Streets
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
V-3
May S, 1995
L
0 2000
Scale in Feet NORTH
DIAMOND BAR CITY Lums
DIAMOND BAR SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
FREEWAY
4p PWn MAJOR ARTERIAL
SECONDARY ARTERIAL
PLAN
Figure V-2
Circulation Element Roadway System
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May S, 1995
V-4
The City has adopted these functional classifications for its roadway network. Figure V-1 depicts the
regional roadway system as it presently exists in the City.
Freeways generally provide inter -regional access. Their primary function is to move vehicles through
or around the City, thus, there is not access to adjacent land, and limited access to arterial streets.
Freeways contain anywhere from 4 to 12 lanes with recommended design volumes from 80,000 to
210,000 vehicles per day.
Arterial streets carry the majority of traffic entering or traveling through the City. A "major" arterial
has either four or six lanes for through traffic and may contain additional lanes to accommodate turning
movements, parking and bicycle traffic, all within a right-of-way of 100-120 feet. A "secondary" arterial
serves the same function as a major arterial, but has four lanes for through traffic and may contain
additional lanes to accommodate turning movements, parking and bicycle traffic, all within a right-of-way
of 60-100 feet. The desired maximum roadway capacity on arterial averages from 30,000 to 45,000
vehicles per day depending on number of lanes, type and width of directional separation, presence of on -
street parking, configuration and frequency of access to adjacent land uses, and intersection
configurations.
Arterials serve two primary functions: To move vehicles into and through the City, and to serve adjacent
commercial land uses. Driveways and other curb cuts along arterial are generally designed to minimize
disruption to traffic flow.
Collector Streets are intended to carry traffic between the arterial street network and local streets or
directly from the access drives of higher intensity land uses.
Collector Streets serve business or residential land and are generally two or four lane roadways. The
desired roadway capacity on a collector street can average up to 20,000 vehicles per day while providing
Level of Service (LOS) C.
Local residential streets are designed to serve adjacent residential land uses only. They allow access
to residential driveways and often provide parking for the neighborhood. They are not intended to serve
through traffic traveling from one street to another, but solely local traffic. The desired roadway
capacity on a residential street should not exceed about 2,500 vehicles per day and 200-300 vehicles per
hour. The maximum residential traffic volume which is acceptable to persons living along a street may
vary from one street to another depending upon roadway width, type of dwelling units (i.e., high density
apartments versus single-family homes), presence of schools and other factors. The maximum volume
of 2,500 is, therefore, to be used as a guide only, and sensitivity to the neighborhood and its impact
needs to be carefully considered.
Local residential streets include those streets predominantly residential in terms of adjacent property use,
and are intended to retain a residential character. They are typically not designated in the General Plan
Circulation Element.
Table V-1 identifies roadway classifications for key roadways in the City along with right-of-way
guidelines. Typical street sections are maintained as part of the City's design guidelines. Current typical
street sections are included in the technical appendices.
b. Level of Service Standards
Level of service standards define the desirable traffic volumes on City streets in relation to the capacity
of those streets. The City has utilized level of service standards in the traffic analysis work for the
General Plan, and these are summarized in the E1R. The City should continue to use such standards,
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-5
Table V-1
City of Diamond Bar Roadway Classification
Brea Canyon Rd. (n/of
Golden Springs Dr.)
Major
100
100
Chino Hills Pkwy.
Major
100
100
Diamond Bar Blvd.
Major
100
100
Golden Springs Dr.
Major
100
100
(w/of Brea Canyon Rd.)
Grand Ave.
Major
100
100
Pathfinder Rd. (dof Brea Canyon Rd. -west
Major
100
100
leg)
Pathfinder Rd. (w/of Brea Canyon Rd. -west
Major
so
so
leg)
Brea Canyon Cut -Off Rd.
Secondary
64-80
64-80
Brea Canyon Rd. (a/of
Secondary
80
80
Golden Springs Dr.
Chino Avenue
Secondary
so
80
Golden Springs Dr.
Secondary
so
so
(e/of Brea Canyon Rd.)
Lemon Ave.
Secondary
so
so _.
(n/of Golden Springs Dr.)
Lemon Ave.
Collector
60
64
(s/of Golden Springs Dr.)
Sunset Crowing Rd.
Collector
60
so
(e/of SR57)
Beaverhead Dr.
Residential
64
so
Lycoming St.
Residential
64
so
Sunset Crowing Rd.
Residential
so
(w/of SR57)
Washin¢tonSt.
Residential
so
so
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-6
maintaining and updating them when necessary to be consistent with current prevailing standards in
the region and requirement such as the statewide Congestion Management Program. Table V-2
presents the average daily volumes of various roadway configurations for different levels of service.
C. Roadway Systems
The efficiency of a roadway's operation is generally evaluated in the industry by volume -to -capacity
ratios. This ratio compares the Average Daily Traffic volume to the roadway's capacity. Levels of
Service (LOS) are identified based on the calculated ratio. Table V-3 provides a description of the
various levels of service to be used as the City's guidelines for analyzing the efficiency of street
operation.
Specific information regarding:
• Current levels of service
• Estimated existing and future average daily volumes by street segment
• AM/PM peak hour traffic levels of service by street segment
• Map of signalized intersections
• A description of the methodology and data used to establish baseline information and
current conditions is contained in the Master Environmental Assessment and
technical attachments.
A major concern of.the City of Diamond Bar is the operating efficiency of its streets. Based upon an
analysis performed in 1991, traffic projections for the future (year 2010) indicate that up to 26 local
street segments may experience a level of service of E or F. This undesirable condition is the result
of the intrusion of regional traffic through Diamond Bar.
The City proposes to proactively pursue activities which will enhance the use of its infrastructure for
Diamond Bar residents. In addition, the City will work with neighboring jurisdictions to mitigate
their effects on the local street system due to the intrusion of regional traffic.
d. Transportation Corridors
A key issue related to traffic circulation is how current street infrastructures will be used and what
future improvements may be considered to mitigate traffic congestion.
To this end, the City of Diamond Bar intends to:
Monitor, coordinate, identify and advocate improvements or modifications to the
existing infrastructure which will provide for the best use of our roadway system for
the movement of traffic
Encourage and initiate ongoing efforts to work with neighboring cities to analyze,
assess and evaluate alternate by-pass corridors through such areas as Carbon, Soquel
and Tonner Canyon.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V-7
The City also believes that if a by-pass corridor is identified for a roadway, it should be considered
using environmentally sensitive methods of evaluation.
e. Environmentally Sensitive Transportation Corridor
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor is a transportation facility defined by
characteristics that cause the facility to have minimal impact to the environment and adjacent
ecosystem. It also meds the general prerequisites of being able to allow for movements of people
and goods in a safe and efficient manner. These characteristics should include but not be limits to the
following:
topographic — the corridor should blend with the natural terrain as much as possible to
reduce grading and movement of earth. Curves and contours of the natural terrain should be
reflected in design of the corridor. This goal must necessarily be balanced with providing
safe corridor geometry for the modes of travel that will use it.
hydrology — positive drainage control will be developed as part of the corridor design to
provide for capture and transmission of runoff from the facility to an appropriate storm
drainage facility. This goal is to control foreign and potentially incompatible fluids and
particles from entering the adjacent ecosystem.
air quality — street sweeping/cleaning shall be programmed into maintenance operations to
prevent buildup of dirt and dust on the corridor travel surface. This goal will serve to reduce
the amount of airborne particulates which could otherwise enter the adjacent ecosystem.
Alternative fuel vehicles and small vehicles should be encouraged rather than trucks to
further improve air quality along the corridor.
noise -- to the extent possible, modes of travel should be encouraged which have reduced
sound characteristics. In addition, natural barriers to sound created by the corridor should be
developed and implemented to reduce sound intrusion into the adjacent ecosystem. Consider
controlled speed limits to reduce noise impacts.
corridor — a corridor should be defined as a route that encourages movement of people in a
manner that encourages multimodal uses such as buses, trolleys and shuttles; discourages
single occupant vehicle trips. Movement of goods within this corridor should be evaluated in
terms of not detracting from the basic goal of maximizing movement of people in high
occupancy vehicles. Restriction on vehicle type and weight may be considered as part of the
corridor. Creative traffic management techniques should be encouraged (such as reversible
lane operation) to take best advantage of roadway cross-section and minimize impacts to the
corridor area.
biological habitat -- replant and maintain natural plant species to the extent possible along the
corridor when grading has altered the natural landscape. Similarly, provide frequent game
crossings to permit natural migratory paths to be maintained. Consider designation of the
corridor for daylight use only.
aesthetic -- views from the corridor should reinforce the feeling in the traveler that they are
in an environmentally sensitive area. Similarly, views of the corridor from adjacent
properties should reinforce the feeling that the corridor is a natural part of the landscape.
Corridor structures, as necessary, should be a natural part of the terrain.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-8
By nature of the location of the by-pass corridor around the SEA 15, the corridor should be
for. regional traffic and should not encourage local access for adjacent development except as
required by safety and emergency access requirements. Construction activity should be
limited to the right-of-way envelope. End points of the corridor would incorporate value
criteria.
An environmentally sensitive transportation corridor does not presume to specify the type of vehicles
that will utilize the facility. Rather, .it should encourage and foster high occupancy, clean operation,
modes that are integrated with the corridor. Planning efforts should look to the future and anticipate
technologies that will emerge and contribute to development of a corridor that meets the growing
travel demands of the region and maintains precious natural resources.
Table V-2
Daily Roadway Capacity Standards=
6 Lanes Divided
Major Arterial
33,900
39,400
45,000
50,600
56,300
4 Lanes Divided
Secondary Arterial
22,500
26,300
30,000
33,800
37,500
4 Lanes (Undivided)
Collector
15,000
17,500
20,000
22,500
25,000
2 Lanes (Undivided)
Collector
7,500
8,800
10,000
11,300
12,500
2 Lanes (Undivided)
Local Residential
1,875
2,190
2,500
2,810
3,125
* Source: Based on latest revised Highway Capacity Manual.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-9
Table V-3
Level of Service (LOS) Interpretation
A. Excellent operation. All approaches to the intersection appear quite 0-.60
open, turning movements are easily made, and nearly all drivers
find freedom of operation
B Very good operation. Many drivers begin to feel somewhat .61-.70
restricted within platoons of vehicles. This represents stable flow.
An approach to an intersection may occasionally be fully utilized
and traffic queues start to form.
C Good operation. Occasionally drivers may have to wait more than .71-.80
60 seconds, and back-ups may develop behind turning vehicles.
Most drivers feel somewhat restricted.
D Fair operation. Cars are sometimes required to wait more than 60 .81-.90
seconds during short peaks. there are no long-standing traffic
queues. This level is typically associated with design practice for
peak Period.
E Poor operation. Some long-standing vehicular queues develop on .91-1.00
critical approaches to intersections. Delays may be up to several
minutes.
F Forced Flow. Represents jammed conditions. Backups from Over 1.00
locations downstream or on the cross street may restrict or prevent
movement of vehicles out of the intersection approach lanes;
therefore, volumes carried are not predictable. Potential for stop
and to type traffic flow.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-10
o 2000 t
Seale in Feet NORTH
Ej DIAMOND BAR CITY LIMITS
ED DIAMOND BARS SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
F-'1 SIGNALIZED INTERSECTION
�J UNSIGNALIZED IN'T'ERSECTION
Iwr �� LEVEL OF SERVICE
Figure V-3
Intersection Level of Service
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-11
2. Transit and Paratransit Services
Both fixed route transit and Paratransit service operate within the City of Diamond Bar. Fixed route
transit services are typically bus lines which operate on regular schedules along a set route, stopping
at predefined bus stops. Fixed route service can be either local (intracity) or regional (intercity).
Paratransit services, more commonly referred to as Dial -a -Cab, are demand responsive services
which provide rides to passengers upon an individual request basis. Although they operate within a
defined service area, they do not operate on fixed routes or schedules. Paratransit service typically
serve transit dependent persons such as the elderly and handicapped. They often serve major
destinations such as hospitals and medical facilities but may also take passengers to local destinations
such as neighborhood shopping centers.
a. Transit Services:
Public bus transit service is provided to the City of Diamond Bar by the 'Metropolitan
Transportation Authority and Foothill Transit and Orange County Transportation
Authority (OCTA).
Four fixed route transit lines serve the City of Diamond Bar. Foothill Transit Route 482 and
MTA Route 490 originate and terminate outside the city limits. Two express routes
originating at the Park and Ride lot at Diamond Bar Boulevard/60 Freeway interchange
operate during peak hours Monday through Friday. Foothill Transit Express Route 495 picks
up passengers on Golden Springs Drive/Colima Road to the Puente Hills Mall, then travels
the freeways to downtown Los Angeles. OCTA operates an express route from the same
Park and Ride via Cal State Fullerton, City Drive and the Orange County Court House in
Santa Ana.
Additionally, three Foothill Transit lines provide intermodal connections at the Industry
Metrolink Station just north of the City's boundary on Brea Canyon Road. They are Route
482 (Colima Road), Route 276 (Gale Avenue) and Route 179 (Amar Road).
b. Paratransit Services:
Demand responsive transit service is provided to the City of Diamond Bar by the
jointly sponsored Los Angeles County and City of Diamond Bar Paratransit Service.
This Dial -a -Cab service provides transportation to handicapped persons and senior
citizens within not only the City of Diamond Bar, but portions of the surrounding
area. Transportation is provided within ten miles of the city limits at a reduced rate.
3. Railroad Lines
There are currently no passenger rail facilities in operation within the City of Diamond Bar. The
nearest Amtrak facilities are located in Pomona and Fullerton. The Pomona Amtrak stop, which
serves the Sunset Limited Route, is located at 156 W. Commercial St. and is approximately nine
miles northeast of Diamond Bar. The Fullerton Amtrak station, which serves the Southwest Chief
and San Diegan lines, with intermodal (bus) connections to other Amtrak lines, is located at the
comer of Santa Fe and Harbor Boulevard and is approximately 13 miles to the southwest.
Diamond Bar is served by a Metrolink commuter rail station recently implemented along the Union
Pacific Railroad at Brea Canyon Road, just north of State Route 60.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V-112
The Union Pacific Railroad is the only freight rail line which serves the City of Diamond Bar. The
line lies along the City's northwestern boundary with the City of Industry, and serves the industrial
areas north of Walnut Drive and Lycoming Street.
4. Bicycle, Hiking and Equestrian Trails
a. Bicycle Routes
There are three different classes of bikeways which are commonly recognized. A
definition of each bikeway class is presented below:
Class I Bikeway (Bike Path) - A completely separated right-of-way for the exclusive
use of bicycles (and sometimes pedestrians). Cross-flow is minimized by limiting
access to designated points.
Clans II Bikeway (Bike Lane) - Routes designated by separately striped lanes and
signs along streets or highways. They provide restricted one-way travel for bicycles,
although motor vehicles are sometimes permitted to use the bike lane to make turns
and to park.
Class III Bikeway Bike Route) - Roadways in which the travel lanes are shared by
motor vehicles and bicycles whose route is designated by signs only. This type of
bikeway does not provide cyclists with increased privileges, but rather, informs
motorists of the cycling route.
Figure V-4 shows Existing Designated Bicycle Routes in the City of Diamond Bar.
The City currently has two designated bikeways along the length of Diamond Bar Boulevard and
along the length of Golden Springs Drive from Brea Canyon Road to the northerly city limit.
Diamond Bar Boulevard and Golden Springs Drive west of Diamond Bar Boulevard contain Class II
bike lanes. The width of the bike lanes vary from 12 feet throughout most of the roadway to three
feet at a few locations with narrower curb -to -curb widths. Most signalized intersection bike lane
approaches are striped to permit right turns by motor vehicles. Parking is not permitted within the
bike lanes except on Golden Springs Drive near Brea Canyon Road, and on the northbound lane of
Diamond Bar Boulevard between Montefmo Avenue and Grand Avenue. Golden Springs Drive north
of Diamond Bar Boulevard is designated a Class III bike route on both sides of the roadway. An
additional bikeway is marked, though not designated by City Resolution, along both sides of Brea
Canyon Road between Pathfinder Road and Golden Springs Drive.
There are currently no Class I bikeways within the City of Diamond Bar.
The County plans to have bicycle routes serving the region that will connect with local bicycle trails.
The county system proposes bicycle trails to enter Diamond Bar at the eastern end of Grand Avenue,
and north into the Tres Hermans property along Tonner Canyon. Surrounding cities have also
planned bicycle routes to connect from Diamond Bar north along Mission Boulevard (City of
Pomona), west along Grand Avenue and Brea Canyon Road (the Cities of Walnut and Industry), and
west along Golden Springs Drive (into Rowland Heights), east along Grand Avenue (City of Chino
Hills), and south along Chino Hills Parkway (City of Chino Hills).
b. Equestrian and Hiking Trails
There is currently one official equestrian and hiking trail available to the public within the City of
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-13
Diamond Bar. This trail, through the City, is part of a more extensive trail system owned and
maintained by the County of Los Angeles.
The Skyline Trails Extension, unofficially called the Schabarum Trail roughly parallels the City's
southern and eastern boundaries with unincorporated sections of Los Angeles and San Bernardino
Counties as it winds through the hills from Brea Canyon Road to Grand Avenue. The trail originates
at Schabarum Park to the west, where it interconnects with the Skyline Trail. The Skyline Trail, in
turn, interconnects with a vast system of equestrian trails to the north and west spreading throughout
most of Los Angeles County. To the east of Schabarum Park, the trail traverses Rowland Heights,
then exits under Brea Canyon Road and the Orange Freeway where it approaches the southern City
limits of Diamond Bar to the east of Brea Canyon Road. The trail then travels near the edge of the
Firestone Boy Scout Reservation near the northern slopes of Tonner Canyon. As the trail turns
northeast, it roughly follows the City boundary just inside of the City limits. The trail turns east and
follows the City boundary just outside the City limits, and again turning northerly, portions of the
trail are within and portions are outside the City. The trail terminates at Grand Avenue, where the
Summit Ridge Park Connector Trail will allow access to Summit Ridge Park to the north of Grand
Avenue within Diamond Bar. There are also a series of three spur trails which the County has
planned to connect with the Skyline Trails Extension Trail. These three trails, collectively known as
the Skyline Trails Connections, all lie outside of the City of Diamond Bar.
Figure V-5 shows hiking and equestrian trails in the City of Diamond Bar.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-14
o Woo
Scale in Feet NORTH
ED DIAMOND BAR CITY LIlYII'I'S
P.J DUMOND BAR SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
��• CLASS II
CLASS III
GENERAL PLAN
Figure V-4
Existing Designated Bicycle Routes
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-15
Scale in Feet NORTH
DIAMOND BAR CPTY IMUM
DIAMOND BAR SFH~?RF OF INFMUENCE
�.. • • SKYLINE TRAns EXTENSION
(Schabarum Trail)
Figure V-5
Hiking and Equestrian Trails
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May s, 1995 V-16
S. Aviation
There are no aviation facilities located within the City of Diamond Bar. Passenger air carrier and air
cargo facilities are located at Ontario International Airport located 15 miles to the east. The closest
general aviation airports are Brackett Field in La Verne, approximately nine miles to the north; and
Chino Airport in the City of Chino, approximately 11 miles to the east.
Because Diamond Bar is under flight paths from both Ontario and Los Angeles International Airports,
and proximity to major freeways tends to increase the number of helicopter overflights, the City
should remain vigilant to air traffic increases and seek regulations to relieve noise and air pollution.
6. Goods Movement
Goods movement within the City of Diamond Bar occurs primarily through the use of trucks. The
City has established a designated truck route plan. Truck routes direct heavy truck traffic onto
arterial and collector facilities and away from local (residential) streets. This plan helps control noise
and air pollution in residential areas of the City and protects local streets from significant surface
damage that might result from heavy truck traffic.
North of the combined section of the Orange (57)/Pomona (60) Freeway it is necessary for freeway
traffic to exit onto Diamond Bar Boulevard when traveling southbound on the Orange Freeway en
route to the eastbound Pomona Freeway; and westbound Pomona Freeway traffic bound for the
northbound Orange Freeway. The section of Diamond Bar Boulevard between the eastbound Pomona
Freeway ramps and the northbound Orange Freeway ramps to the north, and Sunset Crossing Road
between Diamond Bar Boulevard and the southbound Orange Freeway ramps are designated truck
routes.
To enable access to the heavy industrial areas of the City of Industry and the City of Diamond Bar
north of Lyeoming Street, truck routes are designated in western Diamond Bar along Golden Springs
Drive between Lemon Avenue and Brea Canyon Road, along both Brea Canyon Road and Lemon
Avenue north of Golden Springs Drive, and along Walnut Drive.
Entrances into the City notify drivers of a five -ton weight restriction for trucks within the City
(except for designated truck routes), in addition to parking restrictions which limit commercial
vehicles over five tons to 30 minutes.
The General Plan Designated Truck Routes are illustrated in Figure V 6.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-17
0 Zoc
Scale in Feet
DIAMOND BAR CITY UN M
DIAMOND BAR SPHERE OF INFLUENCE
TRUCK ROUTE
Figure V-6
Designated Truck Routes
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-18
C. CIRCULATION ISSUES
The following significant issues concerning circulation are not necessarily listed in order of priority.
1. Future Development in Diamond Bar
The Diamond Bar General Plan provides for an additional 1,205 dwelling units, as well as additional
commercial office and business park uses.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to address impacts to all streets in Diamond
Bar and to maintain or improve roadway level -of service standards.
2. Projected Growth in the Region
In addition to increases in traffic attributable to growth and development within the City of Diamond
Bar itself, the City will be impacted by future growth and development in surrounding communities
and the region. Increased traffic in the region will impact Diamond Bar through increased traffic
volumes along the regional transportation facilities including Routes 57 and 60 and Grand Avenue.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs policies to address impacts to all streets in Diamond
Bar and to maintain or improve roadway level -of -service standards.
3. Future Roadway System Within Diamond Bar
Many of the roadway facilities within Diamond Bar are projected to carry volumes of traffic at or in
excess of recommended daily capacity by the year 2010. At present, a significant amount of the
traffic is regional traffic with neither origin nor destination within the City. Examples are as follows:
Diamond Bar Boulevard - Average daily traffic volumes along Diamond Bar Boulevard immediately
south of Grand Avenue are projected to be double the desirable volumes for a four -lane roadway.
South of Grand Avenue to Brea Canyon Road, forecast daily volume along Diamond Bar Boulevard
exceed recommended carrying capacity. North of Sunset Crossing, traffic volumes along Diamond
Bar Boulevard are projected to be within the carrying capacity of a four -lane roadway.
Golden Springs Drive - Year 2010 traffic volumes along Golden Springs Drive west of Brea Canyon
Road are projected to exceed the desirable maximum volumes for this four -lane roadway. From east
of Lemon Avenue to the City of Diamond Bar boundary, Golden Springs Drive is forecast to carry
traffic at or slightly below the recommended carrying capacity for a four -lane roadway.
The portion of Golden Springs Drive east of Grand Avenue is not a divided roadway and forecast
traffic volumes along this segment would exceed capacity.
Grand Avenue - Year 2010 traffic volume forecasts along the entire length of Grand Avenue within
the City of Diamond Bar are estimated to be in excess of the desirable maximum volumes for a four -
lane divided roadway.
Brea Canyon Road - The section of Brea Canyon Road from Golden Springs Drive to Washington
Street is projected to carry traffic volumes requiring arterial capacity.
Routes 57 and 60 - Both the Pomona Freeway (SR60) and the Orange Freeway (SR57) are forecast to
carry traffic volumes significantly in excess of their capacity. This will result in continued
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-19
congestion along these facilities with spillover onto City streets as motorists seek less congested
alternatives.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City needs to establish roadway classifications and standards for
dedication and roadway improvement for the principal streets in the
City.
4. The Development of an Alternative Travel Corridor Around the
City of Diamond Bar
With significant development planned for the Chino Hills area, both Diamond Bar Boulevard and
Grand Avenue are expected to carry larger through traffic volumes from SR57 than at present into
San Bernardino County. Alternative routes to the south would help relieve future congestion along
these and other Arterials within the City of Diamond Bar. However, the location of an alternative
travel corridor must consider its potential environmental and growth -inducing impacts. Under these
circumstances, it will be prudent for the City to consider the option of a by-pass corridor. Studies of
such a facility indicate that should forecasted development and freeway improvements occur, a by-
pass corridor will provide substantial relief to the key streets in Diamond Bar. Therefore, it will be
the policy of the City to:
• not wait until need for the by-pass corridor is demonstrated, but proactively monitor
signs for the need so that timely planning and environmental steps can be taken;
• explore regional options for transportation improvements prior to initiating
development of a regional by-pass corridor;
• seek cooperation of adjoining jurisdictions in managing growth and assigning
responsibility for infrastructure improvements to support that growth; and
• establish criteria under which a by-pass corridor would be considered, designed,
constructed, and utilized.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: There is a need to consider a by-pass roadway around the City of
Diamond Bar to discourage regional traffic from using the City's
local streets for cut -through purposes only. This is of regional
concern and involves multiple jurisdictions. It is important for the
City to take the lead in assuring that any proposed project directly
benefits Diamond Bar residents and achieves the goals of this
General Plan.
S. Maintaining Grand Avenue's Current Traffic Carrying Capacity
Grand Avenue is a major arterial and provides a convenient alternative as a regional arterial, carrying
traffic to and from Route 57/60.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The City will continue to monitor the effectiveness of Grand Avenue
in serving its local needs while maintaining its current traffic -
carrying capacity within the existing right-of-way. Ongoing efforts
include:
Diamond Bar General Plan QmWation Element
May s, 1"5 V-20
• Optimizing signal synchronization;
Encouraging projects to improve interchange at Route 57/60; and
• Providing turnout lanes, where beneficial.
6. Increase the Effectiveness of State Routes 57 and 60 to Discourage
Through Regional Traffic Use of Diamond Bar Streets
It is desirable to reduce the use of Diamond Bar streets by regional traffic.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: One of the most feasible approaches the City can take to reduce
regional vViic on Diamond Bar Boulevard is to work with Caltrans
to improve conditions on State Route 57 and 60. Possible
improvements include:
• Upgrade the SR57/60 interchange to eliminate undue at -grade conflicts weaving
maneuvers and adding lanes or frontage roads between key interchanges;
• Provide HOV and connector lanes on both SR57 and SR60; and
• Provide truck climbing lanes where appropriate.
7. Surrounding Roadway Systems impacting the City
It is also recognized that various roadway and street improvements are proposed or presently
under construction in neighboring communities or by other agencies which may impact the
City of Diamond Bar's transportation plans.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: Certain projects either planned or under construction have been
identified which may impact tra„01c circulation in the City.
These projects include but are not limited to:
• Completion of Route 30
• Upgrade of SR71 to freeway standards
• Improve the capacity of Interstate 10 (San Bernardino Freeway), State Route 60
(Pomona Freeway) and State Route 142,(Carbon Canyon Road)
• Completion of the High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) System on Interstate 10, Route
60, and State Route 57 from the San Bernardino and Orange County lines to
Highway 101.
8. Maintain the Cul -de -Sacs of Sunset Crossing Road, Beaverhead
Drive, Washington Street and Lycoming Street at the City's
Boundaries.
Sunset Crossing Road is presently a four -lane roadway providing access to/from a residential area of
northwest Diamond Bar. Sunset Crossing Road west of Route 57 has an interchange with southbound
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-21
Route 57, extends westerly and terminates east of the City limits adjacent to a park and Little League
field. The County of Los Angeles Highway Plan assumes Sunset Crossing Road is to be extended
southwesterly, through the City of Industry to a connection with Washington Street or in the vicinity.
The City of Industry is considering the development of the area beyond the westerly terminous of
Sunset Crossing Road, Beaverhead Drive, Washington Street and Lycoming Street with industrial
uses and a waste -to -rail materials recovery facility. The proposed development of industrial uses
would significantly increase the volume of traffic along these residential streets and introduce a
significant number of trucks into these residential neighborhoods.
ISSUE ANALYSIS: The GYry should implement strong measures to maintain the integrity
of residential neighborhoods.
D. GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES
"IT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN TO PROVIDE A SAFE, ADEQUATE AND
ENVIRONMENTALLYSENSITM 7RANSPORTA77ON SYSTEM TO MEET THE
CIRCULATION NEEDS OF 77M CMZENS OF DIAMOND BAR. "
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, enhance the environment of the City's
street network. Work toward improving the problems presented by the intrusion
of regionally oriented commuter traffic through the City and into residential
neighborhoods. Consider programs to reinforce the regional transportation and
circulation system to adequately accommodate regional needs."
Objective 1.1 Participate in local and regional transportation related planning and decision-
making.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Preclude the connection of roadways from adjacent jurisdictions into the City
unless demonstrable benefits to Diamond Bar residents and businesses are
indicated.
1.1.2 In reviewing transportation improvements, maintain a clear distinction
between local and regional objectives.
1.1.3 Ensure the opportunity for public comment on major changes in operational
characteristics of the circulation system.
1.1.4 Initiate regional traffic mitigation efforts with the cities of Brea and Chino
Hills by forming a task force, assisted by technical personnel to evaluate
alternative travel corridors through the easterly portion of the Sphere of
Influence. Efforts will generally include:
(a) Recognition of environmentally sensitive areas;
(b) Identification of the types of environmentally sensitive roadways
which will be considered;
(c) Avoid SEA 15;
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V-22
(d) Land use constraints and development limitations which may be in
place or imposed;
(e) Contribution to congestion based on development and anticipated
growth projections;
(f) Prioritization of alternatives based on available documentation,
studies, reports, etc.;
(g) Identification of alternative funding sources for studies, design,
construction and maintenance such as, but not limited to:
(1) Los Angeles, Orange and San Bernardino Counties;
(2) State of California;
(3) Federal Government;
(4) Local funding such as Prop C or redevelopment funds;
(5) Development; and
(6) Private.
(h) Identification and formulation of a short and long range plan of
action to address the by-pass issue.
1. 1.5 Work with neighboring communities to encourage the ongoing efforts to
complete existing projects and possible improvements to existing
infrastructures such as:
(a) Completion of SR30;
(b) Upgrade of SR71 to freeway standards;
(c) Additional lanes on SR60; and
(d) Increasing the roadway capacity of SR142, Carbon Canyon Road.
1. 1.6 Continue to seek support for Regional State Transportation Improvement
Program (RSTIP) projects as proposed by the City of Diamond Bar such as:
(a) Encourage modification of the SR57/SR60 interchange;
(b) Support construction of HOV lanes on SR60, from SR57 north to
San Bernardino County;
(c) Support construction of HOV lanes on SR60, from Brea Canyon
Road to SR57 north;
(d) Support construction of HOV lanes on SR57, from Orange County
to SR60; and
(e) Pursue additional Park and Ride facilities east of the City.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V-23
1.1.7 Encourage Orange and San Bernardino Counties to fund and construct an
environmentally sensitive transportation corridor through Soquel Canyon
and/or Carbon Canyon.
1.1.8 Coordinate the use of land use policies from neighboring communities and
incorporate all existing traffic data including improvements and proposal for
the regional circulation system.
1.1.9 Encourage improvements to regional routes and arterial streets to be
sensitive to environmentally, aesthetic and noise concerns, and provide
adequate buffers to adjacent land uses.
1.1.10 Through the use of the provisions of the California Health and Safety Code,
Division 24, Parts 1, 1.5 and 1.7, pursue a comprehensive and, if possible,
coordinated effort with the City of Industry and the Stats of California to
upgrade the one mile stretch of freeway carrying the SR57 and SR60; and
upgrade the interchanges of Brea Canyon Road and the SR60; Grand Avenue
and the SR57/60; and Diamond Bar Boulevard at the SR57 north and south;
and the widening of Golden Springs Drive.
Objective 1.2 Balance the need for optimum traffic flow on Cky Arterials within economic realities,
environmental, and aesthetic considerations.
Strategies:
1.2.1 Prepare programs for traffic control measures including, but not limited to,
additional stop signs at problem intersections, timing of signals and
regulation of speed limits.
1.2.2 Maintain flexibility in the cross sections and configuration of streets within
topographically rugged or environmentally sensitive areas.
1.2.3 Pursue other traffic measures to enhance circulation and transient traffic
movements.
Objective 1.3 Maintain the integrity of residential neighborhoods. Discourage through traffic.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Prevent the creation of new roadway connections which adversely impact
existing neighborhoods.
1.3.2 Implement traffic control programs in 1.2.1 to reduce and divert through
traffic.
1.3.3 Design new developments and their access points in such a way that the
capacity of local residential streets is not exceeded.
1.3.4 Minimize impacts of roadways serving the proposed future Diamond Ranch
High School site on surrounding residential neighborhoods.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V-24
1.3.5 The City should implement strong measures to maintain the integrity of the
Sunset Crossing Road and other residential areas at the western City limits
by cul -de -lacing Sunset Crossing Road and retaining the cul -de -lacing of
Lycoming, Washington and Beaverhead Streets.
GOAL 2 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, provide a balanced transportation system
for the safe and efficient movement of people, goods and services through the
City-"
Objective 2.1 Maximize the use of alternative transportation modes within and through the City to
decrease reliance on singlepassenger automobiles.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Maximize the availability and use of public transit service.
2.1.2 Investigate the feasibility of establishing a local transit system. Support
privately funded local transit systems for seniors and youths.
2.1.3 Support mixed-use developments to maximize transportation efficiency.
2.1.4 Pursue a cooperative effort with Caltrans and regional transit providers to
develop a major intermodal transportation facility at the Metrolink Station
near Brea Canyon Road and SR60.
2.1.5 Encourage participation in carpools through the use of City publications and
public displays.
2.1.6 Coordinate to the extent possible with neighboring cities in the development
of a Transportation Demand Management (TDM) plan.
2.1.7 Work with Caltrans to build new Park and Ride sites and expand existing
Park and Ride facilities.
2.1.8 Maintain, expand and upgrade the system of bicycle routes connecting
residential area to major community attractions utilizing current City design
guidelines. Upgrades of the current system will include investigative means
to improve signing and marking of bikeways. The City shall develop a
master plan of bikeways.
2.1.9 Pursue a cooperative joint agencies program to provide access for Diamond
Bar residents to a regional light rail system.
2.1.10 Lobby Caltrans to provide HOV lanes on local freeways.
2.1.11 Explore the feasibility of interconnected public equestrian trails.
2.1.12 Explore the feasibility of interconnected public hiking trails.
Objective 2.2 Maximize connection of all areas within the City through the circulation system.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-25
Strategies:
2.2.1 Work to ensure that any new development is provided with adequate access
from within the City of Diamond Bar.
2.2.2 Through the roadway system, ensure that new development within the Tres
Hermans Ranch property is integrated into the community of Diamond Bar.
2.2.3 Work with Pomona Unified School District to provide secondary access to
the future Diamond Ranch High School.
2.2.4 Coordinate with Pomona Unified School District and City of Industry &
Urban Development to insure timely design and construction of secondary
access to the future Diamond Ranch high School.
GOAL 3 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, maintain an adequate level of service on
area roadways."
Objective 3.1 Improve the safety and efficiency of existing transportation facilities.
Strategies:
3. 1.1 Maintain Level of Service "C" or better at arterial mid -block segments
(average daily) and "D" or better during peak hours at signalized
intersections to the extent possible. (See Level of Service descriptions in
Table V-1)
3.1.2 Improve arterial mid -block segments to provide average daily service levels
of "C" or better to prevent use of local and collector streets as alternate
routes.
3.1.3 Improve intersections in the City which have peak hour traffic service levels
worse than "D". Where feasible, these improvements should be made within
existing right-of-way.
3.1.4 Maintain a pavement management system and maintenance program for all
public roadways throughout the City.
3.1.5 Develop a signal system management system and maintenance program for
all traffic signals throughout the City.
3.1.6 Consider all opportunities to expand and maintain pedestrian access routes
throughout the City.
3.1.7 Synchronize signals on all major roads throughout the City of Diamond Bar
(see Circulation Element Figure V-2) and adjacent communities.
Objective 3.2 Explore all available opportunities and mechanisms for funding transportation
improvements.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
V-26
May 5, 1995
Strategies:
3.2.1 All new development shall be required to provide mitigation measures. Such
measures could include improvements or traffic impact fees.
3.2.2 Solicit State and Federal funds to improve area freeways to eliminate use of
local streets as part of the freeway system.
3.2.3 Consider implementing a traffic impact fee system.
3.2.4 Develop a regional financing mechanism(s) to assess new development for
the cost of mitigating traffic impacts.
3.2.5 Consider the use of a "toll road" to finance and maintain the environmentally
sensitive transportation corridor.
3.2.6 Continue to solicit State, Federal and other funds to improve local streets.
GOAL. 4 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, provide or regulate the provision of the
supply of parking to meeting the needs for both residents and commercial
businesses."
Objective 4.1 Ensure compliance with the Southern California Air Quality Management District
Regulation 15 trip reduction requirements.
Strategies:
4.1.1 Regulate the provision of preferential parking for high occupancy vehicles
wherever possible.
4.1.2 Consider reductions in parking in exchange for transportation demand
management programs.
Objective 4.2 provide adequate parking for all types of land use within the City of Diamond Bar.
Strategies:
4.2.1 Use existing parking demand data sources to update City Code requirements
pertaining to parking, particularly the provision of sufficient parking for land
uses generating a high demand for parking.
4.2.2 Encourage school districts to improve parking and loading facilities for
public schools to minimize the impact on the circulation system.
4.2.3 Establish parking requirements for housing to a level consistent with the
occupants transportation needs.
4.2.4 Strengthen off-street parking codes for new residential development in order
to increase the number of off-street parking spaces.
Diamond Bar General Plan Circulation Element
May 5, 1995 V-27
PUBLIC SERVICES
and FACILITIES
ELEMENT
GENERAL PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
A. Introduction ................................. VI -1
B. Existing Conditions ............................ VI -2
C. Public Services and Facilities Issues .................. VI -3
D. Goals, Objectives, and Implementation Strategies .......... VI -4
VI. PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES ELEMENT
A. INTRODUCTION
State law does not require the preparation of a general plan element dealing specifically with public
services and facilities. However, it does state that...
"The general plan may include any other elements or address any other subjects which, in the
judgement of the legislative body, relate to the physical development of the county or city"
(Government Code Section 65303).
Diamond Bar, as a new City, faces many decisions as how to best provide services to the public, and
what types of facilities it needs to build to support those services. Therefore, a local General
element dealing with the long-term provision of municipal services and facilities is appropriate
for
Diamond Bar.
The actual provision of various public services has already been addressed in the following sections of
the Diamond Bar General Plan:
Section
I. Land Use Element
III. Resource Management Element
IV. Public Health and Safety Element
Land Use (for all services & utilities)
parr and Recreation
Water (and Reclaimed Wastewater)
Energy System
Solid Waste
Flood Control
Police
Fire
Emergency Services
Disaster Preparedness
The Public Services and Facilities Element seeks to tie the provision of these various services and
facilities together into an integrated strategy for municipal management. The Element focuses on:
Identifying City facilities and services needed to sustain the community's quality of life
Long-range planning to fund City services and buildings
Coordinating and cooperating with various local agencies to provide those services not
provided by the City
MMODa Dau- VCalCl as a ■ M& VI -1
May 5, 1995
B. EXISTING CONDITIONS
The City presently has a minimum of in-house staff, and contracts out much of the actual service
provision to local public and private agencies. In-house City services include administration,
engineering, planning, parks and recreation, and maintenance of public facilities. The City has
established a system for local collection of solid waste. These daily functions are housed in City Hall,
which currently consists of office space leased in the Gateway Corporate Center.
The major physical assets of the City are its streets and parks, which were originally built by the County.
The existing street system is also in good condition at present. Park maintenance is presently handled
by City staff, although maintenance of the local landscape districts is contracted to private firms.
The County of Los Angeles provides a number of services under contract to the City. Wastewater
conveyance and treatment is provided by County Sanitation District No. 21. Although much of the
Physical sewage ire (pipelines) appear in generally good condition, there have been repeated
failures of the pump stations needed to lift flows to the regional collectors. Currently, there are
approximately 140 lots located within "The Country Estates" that are utilizing on-site waste water
disposal systems.
Flood control is provided by the County Flood Control District. Its facilities are in fairly good condition
with a small amount of seasonal flooding near the intersection of Brea Canyon Road and Diamond Bar
Boulevard.
Solid waste disposal is handled by the County Solid Waste Management Department using several
regional landfills. However, landfill space could run out before the end of the decade.
Law enforcement is handled by the County Sheriffs Department out of the Walnut -San Dimas Station.
Fire protection, emergency evacuation, and response to accidents involving hazardous materials are all
accommodated by the County Fire Department with three stations in and around Diamond Bar.
The Los Angeles County Library System also maintains a very small community library on Grand
Avenue near Diamond Bar Boulevard.
Other services and facilities are provided within Diamond Bar by a variety of public and private agencies.
Domestic water service is provided by the Walnut Valley Water District, which is in turn supplied by
Three Valleys Municipal Water District and ultimately by the Metropolitan Water District of Southern
California. Water facilities are generally adequate.
In terms of energy utilities, electricity is supplied by the Southern California Edison Company, while
natural gas is supplied by the Southern California Gas Company. Energy facilities are generally adequate
to accommodate existing and planned uses.
Comprehensive K-12 educational facilities and programs are provided by the Walnut Valley Unified
School District and the Pomona Unified School District.
Other services within Diamond Bar include branch office postal services administered in Pomona, MTA,
Foothill Transit and OCTA bus systems, Walnut -Diamond Bar YMCA, and Seniors organization.
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
Revised May 9, 1995 VI -2
C. PUBLIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES ISSUES
If the City decides to provide more local services that are now contracted out, or decides to increase the
levels of existing services, there may be a future need for a larger civic center in a more centralized
location. This long-term facility need would have to be balanced against a community desire for no
increases in local costs. The most cost effective way to provide such a facility would be through a joint
public/private arrangement to build a civic center for the City, most likely in exchange for some kind
of development arrangement. This facility could also house a number of other social programs for City
residents, such as a senior center or a community center.
The City may wish to plan its own long-range program of wastewater conveyance and treatment separate
from Los Angeles County plans. Discussions with Orange County would be needed to determine if a
separate sewage system were feasible. A larger problem would likely be the funding and timing of
construction for some type of new system. Although most of the backbone system is already in place
and designed to flow toward the Los Angeles system, a detailed alternative service plan could be
prepared to address a change in flow direction. The costs and timing of such a new system would have
to be weighed against potential failures of the existing system.
The existing flood control system is presently adequate, but the City should establish if or how any local
costs might accrue as the system ages, so that there- are no "surprises" in future budgets. A master
drainage plan will need to be developed for the City and its Sphere of Influence. The City should
consider its responsibility under the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), including
to the maximum extent possible, reasonable measures to minimize the impacts of urban stormwater
pollution as it is collected, conveyed and discharged through the City's flood control system.
The City may decide it wants to take'a proactive role in developing long-term solutions to regional solid
waste problems. At a minimum, the City will participate in the mandated planning requirements for
source reduction, recycling, and hazardous waste issues.
Police and fire services are presently adequate. However, the City may wish to study providing its own
protective services, or joining a more local association (non -County) to provide them. In the future, the
Sphere of Influence may require additional police and fire protection as development occurs.
The County's library is not presently adequate for local residents, although there are many other
community libraries in the area that can provide additional resources. The City may want to consider
providing for its own library, or explore joint usage agreements possibly as part of a centralized civic
center complex in the future.
Although local water purveyors can adequately serve the area in terms of facilities, a Statewide drought
could put severe restrictions on the availability of water. The City may wish to take a proactive stance
on securing additional water supplies for itself, or at least keeping current on potential new sources or
limitations.
Energy facilities and systems presently appear adequate, although there may be supply shortages in the
future. The City should take a more active role in energy conservation and the implementation of new
energy technologies. There are numerous governmental and private organizations in the area that might
wish to use City resources to test new programs or devices. The City may wish to take a more proactive
role in planning for its energy future.
Local schools are presently experiencing overcrowding at some locations at different levels. The State
funding mechanism for constructing new schools will probably not be sufficient to build local schools.
Year-round school or other programs or building modifications may be necessary to continue providing
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
Revised May 9, 1995 `71-3
quality education to local students. The City may choose to work closely with the local districts on site
selection, funding mechanisms and joint use of facilities.
D. GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND Il"LEMENTATION STRATEGIES
"IT IS THE OVERALL GOAL OF THE PLAN THAT THE C77Y ACQUIRE AND MAINTAIN
ADEQUATE RESOURCES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF ITS RESIDENTS "
GOAL 1 "Consistent with the Vision Statement, provide adequate infrastructure facilities
and public services to support development and planned growth."
Objective 1.1 Maintain adequate systems fir water supply and distribution; Wastewater/sewage
collection, treatment, and disposal;solid waste collection and disposal,and energy
distribution which are capable of meeting the needs of the residents of Dimnond Bar.
Strategies:
1.1.1 Prior to permitting a major extension of services or utilities to facilitate changes
in land use, conduct a thorough review of all social, economic, and
environmental factors associated with that extension; require the implementation
of appropriate mitigation measures.
1.1.2 Protect existing residents and businesses from the cost of financing
infrastructure aimed at supporting new development or the intensification of
development.
1.1.3 Require the construction of water, sewer, drainage and other necessary public
facilities prior to or concurrent with each new development.
1.1.4 Require the project sponsor to provide all necessary infrastructure
improvements (including the pro rata share of system -wide improvements).
1.1.5 Coordinate the long-term provision of utility services, including water,
wastewater, sewage, electricity, natural gas, solid waste, etc. to assure adequate
future levels of services for City residents.
(a) Monitor plans by the Metropolitan Water District and City of Industry
to locate a water reservoir in upper Tonner Canyon.
(b) Support development of appropriately sited, environmentally sensitive,
solid waste treatment facilities which do not impact resident's quality
of life.
1.1.6 Require all new housing subdivisions be connected to a public sewage system.
Objective 1.2 Establish and implement solutions to the financing of public facilities and services which
best protect the interests of the taxpayer.
Strategies:
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
Revised May 9, 1995 V14
1.2.1 Establish a development fee structure which best assures that costs for new
capital facilities and expansion of existing facilities necessitated by the approval
of new development or intensification of existing development are funded by the
proponents or beneficiaries of projects, in proportion to the demand created by
the development.
1.2.2 Investigate and, if feasible, initiate the establishment of a redevelopment agency
in the City of Diamond Bar to facilitate the mitigation of traffic and circulation
deficiencies, the financing of public improvements and other similar tasks.
Objective l.3 Provide residents with access to high quality local educational facilities.
Strategies:
1.3.1 Continue a cooperative program with the Pomona Unified School District to
construct a high school in the City of Diamond Bar on Tres Hermans Ranch.
As part of high school development, pursue development of a major joint use
recreational facility (e.g. auditorium pool, ball fields, tennis, football/soccer
courts, stadium, gymnasium).
1.3.2 Work closely with the Walnut Valley and Pomona Unified School Districts on
an ongoing basis to resolve issues such as joint use of facilities, location of new
facilities, and alternative use of vacant or unused sites.
1.3.3 Encourage joint development of recreational facilities with the local school
districts.
1. 3.4 Enable, through appropriate zoning and development regulations or with a
Conditional Use Permit, the construction and operation of private school
facilities.
Objective 1.4 Enable, through appropriate zoning and development regulations, the provision of
cultural facilities, such as educational institutions, museums, and performing arts
facilities, to meet the needs of Diamond Bar residents.
Strategies:
1.4.1 Pursue the acquisition of a site and development of a civic center, including a
multi -use community center.
1.4.2 Monitor plans of the University of California to locate new campuses in
Diamond Bar.
1.4.3 Work with Los Angeles County to insure adequate library services are
provided.
Objective 1.5 Stimulate opportunities for a population which is diverse in terms of age, occupation,
income, race, interests, and religion to interact, exchange ideas, and establish and
realize common goals.
Strategies:
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
May 5, 1995 VI -5
1.5.1 Retain and provide community social gathering places, including active and
natural park lands and one or more community centers. In private commercial
and office complexes encourage the development of plaza areas.
1.5.2 Maintain a public information program to inform residents of community
events.
(a) Whenever possible, establish permanent locations and regular dates for
community events to improve attendance.
(b) Encourage a "Community Calendar" as part of the local cable
television programming to inform residents about the times and
locations of upcoming community events.
1.5.3 Within new residential developments, encourage organization of individual
neighborhoods and discourage through traffic on local streets while maintaining
pedestrian and bicycle continuity and encourage neighborhood parks,
improvement programs and social events.
GOAL 2 "Consistent with the vision Statement, achieve a fiscally solvent, financially stable
community. "
Objective 2.1 Provide suffictent opportunities for retail and other non-residential commercial and
office uses as necessary to maximize municipal income to finance desired community
amenities.
Strategies:
2.1.1 Promote the intensification of the sales tax generating potential of existing and
future commercial areas within the City.
2.1.2 Work with State officials and local elected representatives to make a determined
effort to promote statewide legislation that would secure guaranteed long-term
stable financing of local government based primarily upon property tax
revenues. Alternatively, support legislation that would redistribute sales tax
revenues to local agencies based upon an equitable formula that would include
both the location where the sales tax revenue was collected and the population
of each local agency involved.
2.1.3 Pursue the expansion of municipal boundaries to areas which can be utilized to
assist in the provision of sufficient municipal income to provide the high level
of services and facilities demanded by Diamond Bar residents.
2.1.4 Utilize public cost/benefit and/or fiscal impact analysis in the review of new
development proposals and in determining acceptability.
Objective 2.2 Promote efficiency in the provision of public services and facilities. -
Diamond Bar General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
May 5, 1995 VI -6
Strategies:
2.2.1 Conduct periodic review of user charges, development fees, and public facilities
impact mitigation fees in accordance with California Government Code Section
66000 et al, (AB1600) to ensure that the charges are consistent with the costs
of improvement and maintenance, and that public services and facilities are
being expanded in a cost-efficient manner.
Objective 2.3 Promote public and private services and amenities to the community.
Strategies:
2.3.1 Identify and pursue opportunities for private provision of services and facilities
within the City of Diamond Bar, including joint public/private efforts.
2.3.2 Explore joint or cooperative use of facilities owned or constructed by other
public agencies. Potential locations include, but are not limited to, the Pomona
Unified School District High School site in the Tres Hermans area; Site "D"
owned by the Walnut Valley Unified School District off of Diamond Bar
Boulevard east of the SR57; South Pointe Middle School; and the Walnut
Valley Unified School District school/office site on Lemon Avenue just north
of the SR60.
2.3.3 Provide regular information to citizens regarding current issues, public safety
information, resource management information, city services, public meeting
schedules, hazardous material collection programs, etc.
Diamond Ber General Plan Public Services and Facilities Element
May s,1995 V1"7